Quarterlytics / Industrials / Construction Materials / Low & Bonar plc

Low & Bonar plc

lwb · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker lwb
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Construction Materials
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Low & Bonar plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
The fabric of  
everyday life

ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  i

The fabric of everyday life
From the automotive industry to construction,  
to coastal defence, Low & Bonar is a quality provider 
of performance materials. We advance our customers’ 
capabilities through intelligent solutions that address 
the challenges of an evolving world and enhance the 
fabric of everyday life.

Highlights

Operational highlights

Financial highlights

 ■ Strong sales growth despite a 

Revenue

generally difficult market backdrop.

 ■ Underlying profit growth in B&I 
and I&T offset by disappointing 
performance in CE and lower than 
anticipated performance in CTT.

 ■ Cost reduction and performance 

improvement plan being 
implemented to optimise the 
business.

£446.5m

(Actual: +11.6%, 
Constant currency: +4.5%)

Net debt

£138.4m

Underlying profit before tax

Loss before tax (statutory)

£30.7m

(Actual: +5.1%,  
Constant currency: -2.2%)

£(19.7)m

(2016: £25.9m profit) 

 ■ Completion of £26m investment 
in Colback manufacturing site in 
Changzhou, China in 2018, reflects 
growth opportunity in I&T and B&I.

Dividend per share

3.05p

(2016: 3.00p) 

Basic underlying EPS

6.42p

(Actual: +6.8%, 
Constant currency: -0.8%)

Basic EPS

(5.56)p

(2016: 5.20p)

For further information on Low & Bonar visit:lowandbonar.com 
OVERVIEW

At a glance 

STRATEGIC REPORT

Chairman’s statement 
Chief Executive’s review 
  Overview 
  Building competitive advantage 
  Our business model 
  Progress on our strategy 
Business review
  Building & Industrial 
  Civil Engineering 
  Coated Technical Textiles 
  Interiors & Transportation 
Corporate responsibility 
Finance review 
Risk management 
Principal risks and uncertainties 

02

04

06
08
14
16

18
20
22
24
26
34
38
42

Our technologies

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Chairman’s governance statement  46
48
Board of Directors 
50
Leadership 
52
Effectiveness 
54
  Nomination Committee report 
Accountability 
  Audit Committee report 
Relations with shareholders 
Remuneration 
  Remuneration Committee report 
  Annual report on remuneration 
  Directors’ remuneration policy 
Other disclosures 

61
63
72
76

56
60

86
87

Statement of Directors’  
80
responsibilities  
Independent auditor’s report  
81
Consolidated Income Statement  85
Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income 
Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Cash  
Flow Statement 
Company Cash Flow Statement 
Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity 
Company Statement 
of Changes in Equity 
Significant Accounting Policies 
Notes to the Accounts 

91
92
100

88
89

90

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Five-year history 
Company information  
and advisors  
Financial calendar 

134

135
136

3D entangled filament structures

Coated fabrics

Construction fibres

Needle-punched nonwovens

Spunbond nonwovens

Wovens

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  01

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONAt a glance

We are a quality provider of 
high performance materials. 
We design and develop effective, 
durable solutions that enable 
our customers to provide world-
leading products and solutions. 

Employees

2,064

Manufacturing 
facilities

14

02  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Our process

1. Polymers

Our activities begin with the sourcing 
of widely available polymers, including 
polypropylene, polyethylene, polyester 
and nylon.

Source

2.  Performance, 

aesthetics, efficiency

Manufacture

We combine these polymers with special 
additives and colours, which influence 
performance, aesthetics, and processing 
efficiencies.

3. Proprietary technology

Using proprietary technology, these 
polymer mixes are extruded to form 
a variety of yarns, which are transformed 
into fabrics using a broad range of 
technologies.

Collaborate

4. Coatings and composites

The fabrics can then be coated or combined 
with other materials to form composite 
products, used by our customers to 
enhance performance in their final product 
or improve efficiency in their own processes.

Innovate

Europe

North America

Asia

Our markets
We have leading positions 
in niche markets, including:

Our markets

Interiors & Transportation (I&T)

27%

of Group revenue
Supplies technical fabrics for use in interior 
carpeting, transportation, resilient flooring 
and decorative applications.

Read more on p24

Building & Industrial (B&I)

19%

of Group revenue
Supplies a range of technical textile 
solutions for niche applications in 
the building, roofing, air and water 
filtration markets.

Read more on p18

Civil Engineering (CE)

23%

of Group revenue
Supplies woven and nonwoven 
geotextiles and construction fibres used 
in major infrastructure projects including 
road and rail building, land reclamation 
and coastal defence.

Read more on p20

Coated Technical Textiles (CTT)

31%

of Group revenue
Supplies a range of technical coated 
fabrics providing aesthetics and design, 
performance and protection in products 
such as tensile architectural structures, 
awnings, marquees, advertising 
banners, tarpaulins and vehicle curtain 
sides to the transport, building products, 
print, leisure and industrial markets.

Read more on p22

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  03

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
 
Chairman’s statement

Overview
The Group achieved strong sales growth in 2017 despite a generally 
difficult market backdrop. The underlying profit performance across 
our four global business units was mixed, with growth in B&I and 
I&T offset by a significant reduction in profitability in CE and a lower 
than anticipated performance in CTT.

Whilst CTT’s performance was not in line with our expectations, 
it is fundamentally a very strong business with a leading market 
position. A new management team is in place at CTT and is 
focused on resolving production issues and optimising margins 
against a background of generally healthy demand.

CE has faced serious challenges in 2017. Market conditions have 
undoubtedly been a major factor with raw material price increases, 
fierce competition in some sectors and expected project based 
demand not materialising. Poor forecasting and strategy execution 
have also compounded the issues.

CE is a complex business of distinct parts, each with very different 
commercial and operational characteristics. As announced in 
October 2017, the Board has been undertaking a comprehensive 
review of the CE business, in order to determine whether all parts 
can achieve a sustained level of satisfactory performance in future.

The first phase of the review has been completed, with the 
conclusions being to:

 ■ close the loss-making weaving plant in Ivanka, Slovakia 

and transfer some looms to China;

 ■ combine the profitable Enkamat business (erosion control 
and drainage applications) with our B&I business; and

 ■ address the internal execution issues surrounding our 

needle-punched nonwoven and our construction fibres 
businesses.

We will announce our conclusions by July 2018 by when we 
will have assessed whether the ‘self-help’ actions in relation to 
resolving the sales, cost and production issues in needle-punched 
nonwoven and construction fibres can improve these two 
businesses sufficiently to create long term value for the Group.

I am pleased to report good progress with our investments for 
growth. The expansion of our £26m Colback manufacturing 
site in Changzhou, China will be completed shortly and this 
will support further profitable growth in both our I&T and 
B&I businesses.

“ The Group achieved strong 

sales growth in 2017 
despite a generally difficult 
market backdrop with 
mixed underlying profit 
performance across our 
four global business units.

04  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

We have also continued to divest businesses with no strategic 
fit. We disposed of the agro-textiles business in Lokeren, Belgium 
in October 2017 and have recently signed an agreement with our 
partner in Saudi Arabia to withdraw from the Bonar Natpet joint 
venture during the course of this year.

Lower than forecast sales, especially in CE, have resulted in higher 
than planned inventories and consequently higher than anticipated 
debt. There is now a very clear focus on cash generation, and 
we have a defined plan to reduce net debt during 2018 by at least 
£15m, in constant currency terms. This will principally be through 
improved working capital discipline and a lower capital 
expenditure requirement. 

More broadly, we have a plan in place to remove cost and improve 
agility in the Group by optimising the operating structure which, 
over time, has become too complex. 

Dividend
To reflect the confidence in our strategy, the Board is proposing to 
maintain the prior year final dividend of 2.00 pence, increasing our 
total dividend for 2017 to 3.05 pence per share (2016: 3.00 pence). 
Subject to shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting 
on 13 April 2018, the final dividend will be paid on 19 April 2018 
to members registered as of 23 March 2018.

People
It is with the greatest regret I must report that one of our employees 
met with a fatal accident this year. Our thoughts are with the family 
and friends he leaves behind. This distressing occurrence has, 
needless to say, further sharpened the focus of the Board and 
the Executive Management team on health and safety.

After the year end, on 20 December 2017, we announced that 
Brett Simpson had resigned and that Trudy Schoolenberg, a 
Non-Executive Director since 2013, had replaced him immediately 
as Interim Group Chief Executive. We are now very pleased to 
announce that Philip de Klerk will be appointed Group Chief 
Executive with effect from 1 March 2018. We are greatly indebted 
to Trudy for stepping into the breach in December and also for 
agreeing to lead the restructuring of the global supply chain to 
ensure it meets the needs of our future organisational structure. She 
will revert to being a Non-Executive Director at the end of April 2018. 

Philip joined Low & Bonar as Group Chief Financial Officer in 
October 2017 and he brings to his new role a depth and breadth of 
senior executive experience with international companies including 
Unilever, SAB Miller, Ineos and Flybe. The Board has set out very 
clear areas of immediate focus for the Group and is confident that 
Philip is ideally qualified to execute this agenda effectively and also 
to lead Low & Bonar on its next stage of profitable growth. A search 
for a successor to Philip de Klerk as Group Chief Financial Officer is 
underway and further announcements will be made in due course.

We are also pleased to announce the appointment of Peter Bertram 
as a Non-Executive Director with effect from 1 February 2018. Peter 
Bertram is a highly experienced senior professional who has served 
and advised many public and private companies. He has held both 
CEO and CFO roles during his executive career and was previously 
Senior Independent Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee 
at Microgen plc and Non-Executive Chairman of Phoenix IT Group 
plc. Peter Bertram is currently Non-Executive Chairman of Zinc 
Media Group plc, Hobs Group Limited and Esteem Holdings 
Limited. He is also a member of the Advisory Committee of 
Sterling Strategic Value Fund, a shareholder in Low & Bonar.

I would also like to take this opportunity to recognise the 
commitment, skill and expertise of all our people and to thank 
them for all their hard work.

We develop and apply some of the world’s most advanced fabric 
technologies and we do so whilst keeping close to our customers 
and anticipating their requirements. This makes us well positioned 
to realise opportunities for profitable growth. 2018 presents both 
challenges and opportunities for Low & Bonar, as we work to 
determine the future strategy of the CE business, deliver 
performance improvement at CTT, and continue to support the 
growth strategies of our strong B&I and I&T businesses. Trading 
conditions since the year end have been consistent with those 
experienced in the last quarter of 2017. Whilst we remain mindful 
of any further raw material cost and currency translation headwinds, 
we are confident of making further progress this year across our 
strategic focus areas. 

Martin Flower
Chairman

2 February 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  05

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONChief Executive’s review
Overview

Overview
It is my pleasure to act since the 19 December, as interim 
CEO for the Group and present this report. In the year ended 
30 November 2017, we made further progress in the execution 
of our strategy and achieved strong revenue growth of 11.6% to 
£446.5m, 4.5% in constant currency. Three of our four business 
units contributed, with the exception being CTT where our 
manufacturing capacity was almost fully utilised. 

Underlying profit before tax from continuing operations increased 
by 5.1% to £30.7m (2016: £29.2m), although this represented a 
reduction of 2.2% at constant currency. On a statutory basis the 
Group reported a loss before tax of £19.7m compared to a profit 
of £25.9m in 2016, mainly driven by impairment charges related 
to the CE business (£31.6m) and a loss on disposal of the 
agro-textile business (£12.7m). 

Our B&I business unit benefited from its market segment focus 
with underlying operating profit rising 6.0% in constant currency. 
I&T performed solidly, with strong sales growth in China, and 
underlying operating profits rose 5.5% in constant currency. 
CTT entered the year with the need to regain customer confidence 
after resolving the production constraints in 2016. Disappointingly, 
production consistency issues, which led to higher than expected 
customer discounts, and a weak fourth quarter meant that 
performance fell below expectations with underlying operating 
profit only increasing by 1.1% in constant currency. 

Conditions in CE deteriorated during the year resulting in only 
£0.1m of underlying operating profit compared to £4.4m in 2016, 
in constant currency. In Eastern Europe, the reinforcement market 
was oversupplied with new imports. Weather conditions and 
project funding constraints in North America and Europe delayed 
potential projects. Execution issues and increased raw material 
prices further compounded the issues.

As a result, group underlying operating margin reduced from 8.7% 
last year to 8.0%, reflecting double digit returns in B&I and I&T, CTT 
flat at 6.7% and a negligible return at CE.

Operational 
Health and safety is paramount to us at Low & Bonar. We have 
long-term programmes in place to ensure that safety considerations 
override all others. Our Lost Time Incidence (LTI) on a one day lost 
time basis is currently 0.7%. We will continue, as a high priority, to 
invest in HSE programmes, to help us achieve our objective of no 
illness or injury resulting from our business activities.

“ This year’s strong revenue 

growth confirmed our 
strategy for our B&I and 
I&T businesses. Looking 
forward we will continue 
to tailor its execution for 
CTT and CE.

06  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

PROGRESS ON OUR STRATEGY

We will continue to focus on operational excellence, developing our 
people and focusing our business. We believe that there is scope 
to reduce cost, improve cash generation, increase commercial 
effectiveness and create greater agility across the organisation, 
to better align it with the needs of the different business units. 
Implementing these actions will enable us to improve sales and 
reduce costs, with the result that our margin should improve in line 
with the overall Group target of 10% return on sales. We anticipate 
a non-underlying restructuring cost of c£4m in 2018 in respect of 
these actions, which once implemented will generate an 
annualised cost saving of c£3m.

Working capital has increased in certain areas of the business 
where fierce competition and operational execution has led to 
lower off take, notably CE. We have measures in place to reduce 
the levels of inventory in the business, whilst not impacting our 
growth in B&I and I&T.

Strategic progress
This year’s results demonstrate that our strategy was successful 
for our speciality orientated businesses B&I and I&T. Here we will 
continue to execute our strategy: invest in sustainable growth and 
look for bolt on acquisitions that match our business model and 
contribute to our Group targets.

Our strategy aimed to move CE away from more commoditised 
segments to bespoke products and has only been partly successful, 
and in 2017 we recorded non-cash impairments of £31.6m in 
respect of CE. The strategic outlook is complicated and we are 
reviewing this in detail. The first stage of this review has been 
completed, and we are implementing the actions to improve 
performance. The second stage of the review will determine 
whether the needle-punched nonwoven and construction fibres 
businesses are capable of meeting our strategic Group targets, 
and be retained.

We will continue to review our capability in supporting our business 
model, and at the same time will continue to execute our strategy 
of operational excellence, commercial execution, technology 
differentiation by continued innovation and investment for 
sustainable growth in B&I and I&T.

Trudy Schoolenberg
Interim Group Chief Executive

2 February 2018

Further details on the four pillars 
of our strategy are set out on 
pages 16 and 17. Our four strategic 
pillars are:

OPERATIONAL 
EXCELLENCE

COMMERCIAL 
EXECUTION

TECHNOLOGY 
DIFFERENTIATION

INVEST IN SUSTAINABLE 
GROWTH

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  07

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONChief Executive’s review
Building competitive advantage

DEMAND DRIVERS  

FOR OUR BUSINESS

Population growth

Limited resources

As the world’s population grows it drives 
changes in how we live. 

 ■ Population increase leads to rapid 

urbanisation which requires new homes 
and workplaces created at speed, safely 
and with environmentally friendly solutions

 ■ Increasing urbanisation requires more 

transport infrastructure to ensure people 
can move about

 ■ This trend places a burden on the 

ecosystem increasing the need for clean 
water and better air quality management

There is increased pressure to produce 
performance materials that work harder – 
in terms of both efficiency and sustainability – 
with enhanced performance in a range of areas.

 ■ Increase the durability of materials

 ■ Be more energy efficient/recyclable

 ■ Support cradle-to-cradle certification

08  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Our customers are facing growing global challenges. 
In helping them to meet these challenges our 
solutions form a key part of the foundations 
that improve daily life.

Transformative technology

Quality of life

The market looks to materials providers to deliver 
innovation and materials efficiency.

 ■ Optimising materials usage for 

enhanced value 

 ■ Provide materials that have lower 

environmental impact

 ■ Create materials with properties that 

support innovative solutions

End users are demanding better quality, safe and 
more beautiful and aesthetically appealing living 
and working spaces to live healthier lives.

 ■ Better air flow in insulated and compact 

buildings

 ■ Aesthetically appealing and decorative 
designs that suit changing lifestyles

 ■ Quieter, lighter vehicles

All of these drivers create demand for our products.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  09

Watch our corporate film here:lowandbonar.comOVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONChief Executive’s review
Building competitive advantage

WHY OUR CUSTOMERS 

CHOOSE US

Technology, Insight, Adaptability, Collaboration

Customers choose Low & Bonar because of 
our high quality range of performance materials, 
our local technical knowledge and our ability 
to support their future growth. Our aim is to 
have integrated manufacturing, technology 
and product development to ensure our products 
are streamlined and responsive to the evolving 
needs of our customers. 

10  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Powerful customer insights and 
strong working partnerships

Technology that makes us 
stand out from our competitors

We have a history of creating solutions focused on our 
customers’ unique needs. We work alongside customers 
to understand and solve their problems, developing 
applications that give them practical, real-world answers 
to the challenges they face.

We are engaged in product development to push our 
products further and keep them ahead of the market. 
We continually innovate to address needs in our existing 
or adjacent markets, and increase the capabilities of the 
materials we produce.

We manufacture internationally

We have global supply capabilities in major regions with 
local technical service support. We operate internationally, 
with 14 manufacturing facilities across America, Europe 
and Asia.

We are investing to be 
closer to our customers

In recent years we have invested considerably in expanding 
our geographic reach – for example in China and the US – 
to bring our manufacturing, products, expertise and industry 
insights to our customers’ doorsteps.

Our strategy is built around our customers – bringing us 
closer to their needs and taking us nearer to their markets.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  11

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
 
Chief Executive’s review
Building competitive advantage

WHERE AND HOW 

WE OPERATE

Dundee, UK

Technologies
Carpet Yarns

Asheville, NC, USA

Technologies
Colback
Enkamat

Arnhem, Netherlands

Technologies
Colback
Enkagrid

Burlington, WA, USA

Technologies
Enkamat

Emmen, Netherlands

Ivanka, Slovakia

Technologies
Colback

Technologies
Wovens

12  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Our operations are focused into 
four business units supported 
by an integrated supply chain. 
The business is underpinned by 
our experienced management 
team, enabling us to combine 
a single vision with flexibility 
and excellent service to our 
customers locally.

Building & 
Industrial

Civil  
Engineering

Coated Technical 
Textiles

Interiors & 
Transportation

Integrated Supply Chain

Underpinned by

HR

Finance

Legal

IT

Zele, Belgium

Hückelhoven, Germany

Obernburg, Germany

Fulda, Germany

Technologies
Needle-punched nonwovens 
Construction fibres

Technologies
Coated fabrics

Technologies
Enkamat

Technologies
Coated fabrics

Lomnice, Czech Republic

Technologies
Coated fabrics

Tiszaújváros, Hungary

Technologies
Needle-punched nonwovens

Yizheng, China

Changzhou, China

Technologies
Wovens

Technologies
Colback

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  13

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONChief Executive’s review
Our business model

HOW WE CREATE VALUE

Our inputs

What we do

Our technology
Our technologies create fabrics and composites 
that bring a unique set of properties and benefits 
to industrial markets.

Our brands
We have leading brands in all Business Units 
that help our customers perform to their highest 
ambitions.

Our people
Our people bring a diversity of skills and  
experiences which we leverage to ensure  
excellence across all areas of the business.

Our international manufacturing
We have direct supply capabilities in major regions, 
with 14 manufacturing facilities and local technical 
service support.

14  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Collaborate

Be w

o
rl
d
c
l
a
s
s

•

C

o

l
l

a

b

o

r

O u r  values

Enhancing  
the fabric of  
everyday life

In

n

o

v

a

t
e

m

r

o

f

r

e

p

d
n
a
r
e
w
o
p
m

a
t

e to transform • E m b r

c

a

M

a

n

u

fa
cture

e  t h e new • E
Source

Underpinned by our culture

 
 
 
 
 
We differentiate ourselves through new product development, strong customer 
insight and applied technology. At Low & Bonar we have good knowledge of our 
markets and customers.

We deliver competitive advantage by leveraging our technical expertise across 
our business to create sustainable value.

Through innovative design and component manufacture we find new applications 
to meet our customers’ needs sustainably and maintain market leadership.

What makes us different

Our outputs

Leading positions in niche markets
Our innovative design and component manufacture enables 
us to meet the evolving needs of our customers and maintain 
leadership in our markets.

Customer differentiated solutions
We work closely with our customers to ensure our new 
product solutions create value and significant profit growth, 
using collaborative, open innovation partnerships to develop 
new solutions.

Relevant product innovation
Our dedicated innovation team is focused on engineering 
products for specific applications and identifying 
transformational growth opportunities.

Our culture 
Informed by our values: be world-class; collaborate to transform; 
embrace the new; and empower and perform which are brought 
to life by our people every day.

Operational excellence and efficiency
We operate Group-wide capability and efficiency enhancement 
programmes to improve productivity.

Global scale
Our high-performance materials sell around the world, leading 
their markets and contributing to a better quality of life.

Debt/EBITDA

2.4x

Debt/EBITDA ratio is the comparison of net 
financial borrowings to earnings before interest, 
taxes, depreciation and amortisation. It is a good 
determinant of financial health and liquidity position. 
Our bank covenants are at 3x times and our target 
is to be below 2x in the short to medium term.

Return on sales (ROS)

8.0%

ROS is a financial ratio that calculates how efficiently 
a company is generating profits from its top-line 
revenue. It measures the performance of a company 
by analysing the percentage of total revenue that 
is converted into underlying operating profits. 
Our target is to reach 10% at Group level over time.

Innovation

12.1%

The percentage of sales made from products 
launched in the last 3 years indicate how innovative 
the company is. Our target is 16% although the 
reported figure can fluctuate as new products are 
launched and others reach their third anniversary. 

Return on capital employed (ROCE)

11.1%

ROCE is defined as underlying operating profit as a 
percentage of net assets plus net debt. It measures 
a company’s profitability and the efficiency with 
which its capital is employed. Our target is 12%.

O
u
r
s
t
r
a
t
e
g
y

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  15

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
Chief Executive’s review
Progress on our strategy

Strategic pillars

Progress in 2017

OPERATIONAL  
EXCELLENCE

We champion best practice to optimise 
business processes across the Group. 
We continue to develop our manufacturing 
techniques, to engage and motivate 
our people, to promote cost savings 
and capital efficiency and ultimately to 
deliver value to our customers.

COMMERCIAL  
EXECUTION

Our customers are at the centre of what 
we do. We closely engage with them 
to anticipate their needs and retain their 
support. Our forward-looking, responsive 
and proactive approach helps us to 
deliver high-quality, personalised 
solutions which add value to, and 
improve the performance of, our 
customers’ end products.

TECHNOLOGY  
DIFFERENTIATION

The implementation of the ERP systems has facilitated an improvement of some of our 
core processes, especially in finance, customer service and supply chain. Benefits will 
continue to be realised as the system rolls out across the Group. There was a significant 
cash outflow into inventory during 2017, which has resulted in a higher net debt than we 
targeted. Cash generation will be an important focus area in the coming year and we 
expect lower working capital and reduced capital expenditure to reduce net debt/EBITDA 
to below 2x in the short to medium term.

 ■ Raw material pricing

 ■  Laws and regulations

 ■  Health and safety

 ■ Funding

 ■ Treasury

 ■ Business continuity

Read more on p43 and p44

 ■  Health & safety culture

Gearing (Debt/EBITDA)

(Ratio of net debt at average exchange 

rates to EBITDA)

 ■ Working capital reduction

 ■ Cost savings

 ■ Continuation of ERP roll out

The business units have further developed their market segmentation approach. A more 
long-term approach has been developed with some of our key customers, especially 
in B&I and I&T, which informs our new product development in even greater depth. 
We faced some market related pressures, particularly in CE and CTT, which resulted 
in the ROS to decline to 8% compared to our 10% target.

 ■ Employee

 ■ Continuously improve segmentation

Return on sales

Read more on p43

 ■ Improve operational execution

(Underlying operating profit as a 

percentage of revenue)

 ■ Strengthen relationships with 

key customers

Working together with key customers allowed us to develop over a hundred new and 
modified products such as Colback Gold for cradle-to-cradle certified carpets. 

 ■  Organic growth/competition

 ■ Develop new product solutions 

Percentage of sales made from  

Read more on p42

that differentiate

products launched in the last 3 years

We believe our approach to innovation 
and our ability to differentiate our core 
technologies gives us a unique competitive 
advantage. We work closely with our 
customers to identify their needs, improve 
our existing product range and add value 
to newly developed products.

Extending capability of our technology platforms resulted in new attributes for end-markets. 
We added fine denier Colback capability which allows us to go into cushion vinyl and 
wallcovering.

In Enkamat we developed a range of options for the rainscreen market. A 100-year 
durability standard for our entire reinforcement product range is another prime example. 

Our new ventures team delivered its first innovation, pocket-membranes for smart coated 
textiles. Excellent progress was made with other ventures. 

 ■ Enhance current technologies, 

including Construction Fibres

 ■  Explore and implement longer-term 

technology enhancements

The Colback facility in China, commissioned in early 2016, continued to support the 
growth ambitions of the B&I and I&T businesses, and the completion of the second 
manufacturing line in early 2018 will provide further capacity. We will continue to invest 
where we see profitable, sustainable growth opportunities, particularly in B&I and I&T, 
while seeking to address the factors limiting performance in the Civil Engineering and 
CTT GBUs.

 ■ Growth strategy

 ■ Increase market penetration in China 

Return on capital employed

Read more on p43

and North America

(Underlying operating profit as a 

percentage of net assets plus net debt)

 ■ Focus investments on B&I and I&T

 ■ Consider bolt on acquisitions in B&I 

and I&T

INVEST IN SUSTAINABLE 
GROWTH

We continue to invest in sustainable 
growth. We seek to develop our 
international footprint with a local 
presence in growth markets, targeting 
global industries whilst leveraging our 
strong European base, experience 
and knowledge.

16  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Target

2017

2016

2015

Target

2017

2016

2015

Target

2017

2016

2015

Target

2017

2016

2015

<2.0x

2.4x

2.0x

2.2x

10%

8.0%

8.7%

8.8%

16.0%

12.1%

12.6%

13.7%

12.0%

11.1%

11.1%

12.5%

 
 
 
 
OPERATIONAL  

EXCELLENCE

The implementation of the ERP systems has facilitated an improvement of some of our 

core processes, especially in finance, customer service and supply chain. Benefits will 

continue to be realised as the system rolls out across the Group. There was a significant 

We champion best practice to optimise 

cash outflow into inventory during 2017, which has resulted in a higher net debt than we 

business processes across the Group. 

targeted. Cash generation will be an important focus area in the coming year and we 

We continue to develop our manufacturing 

expect lower working capital and reduced capital expenditure to reduce net debt/EBITDA 

techniques, to engage and motivate 

to below 2x in the short to medium term.

our people, to promote cost savings 

and capital efficiency and ultimately to 

deliver value to our customers.

COMMERCIAL  

EXECUTION

The business units have further developed their market segmentation approach. A more 

long-term approach has been developed with some of our key customers, especially 

in B&I and I&T, which informs our new product development in even greater depth. 

Our customers are at the centre of what 

We faced some market related pressures, particularly in CE and CTT, which resulted 

we do. We closely engage with them 

in the ROS to decline to 8% compared to our 10% target.

to anticipate their needs and retain their 

support. Our forward-looking, responsive 

and proactive approach helps us to 

deliver high-quality, personalised 

solutions which add value to, and 

improve the performance of, our 

customers’ end products.

TECHNOLOGY  

DIFFERENTIATION

We believe our approach to innovation 

and our ability to differentiate our core 

technologies gives us a unique competitive 

wallcovering.

Working together with key customers allowed us to develop over a hundred new and 

modified products such as Colback Gold for cradle-to-cradle certified carpets. 

Extending capability of our technology platforms resulted in new attributes for end-markets. 

We added fine denier Colback capability which allows us to go into cushion vinyl and 

advantage. We work closely with our 

In Enkamat we developed a range of options for the rainscreen market. A 100-year 

customers to identify their needs, improve 

durability standard for our entire reinforcement product range is another prime example. 

our existing product range and add value 

to newly developed products.

Our new ventures team delivered its first innovation, pocket-membranes for smart coated 

textiles. Excellent progress was made with other ventures. 

INVEST IN SUSTAINABLE 

GROWTH

The Colback facility in China, commissioned in early 2016, continued to support the 

growth ambitions of the B&I and I&T businesses, and the completion of the second 

manufacturing line in early 2018 will provide further capacity. We will continue to invest 

We continue to invest in sustainable 

where we see profitable, sustainable growth opportunities, particularly in B&I and I&T, 

while seeking to address the factors limiting performance in the Civil Engineering and 

growth. We seek to develop our 

international footprint with a local 

presence in growth markets, targeting 

global industries whilst leveraging our 

strong European base, experience 

and knowledge.

CTT GBUs.

Associated risks

Targets for 2018

KPIs

 ■ Raw material pricing

 ■  Laws and regulations

 ■  Health and safety

 ■ Funding

 ■ Treasury

 ■ Business continuity

Read more on p43 and p44

 ■  Health & safety culture

 ■ Working capital reduction

 ■ Cost savings

 ■ Continuation of ERP roll out

Gearing (Debt/EBITDA)
(Ratio of net debt at average exchange 
rates to EBITDA)

Target

2017

2016

2015

<2.0x

2.4x

2.0x

2.2x

 ■ Employee

 ■ Continuously improve segmentation

Read more on p43

 ■ Improve operational execution

Return on sales
(Underlying operating profit as a 
percentage of revenue)

 ■ Strengthen relationships with 

key customers

Target

2017

2016

2015

10%

8.0%

8.7%

8.8%

 ■  Organic growth/competition

 ■ Develop new product solutions 

Read more on p42

that differentiate

Percentage of sales made from  
products launched in the last 3 years

 ■ Enhance current technologies, 
including Construction Fibres

 ■  Explore and implement longer-term 

technology enhancements

Target

2017

2016

2015

16.0%

12.1%

12.6%

13.7%

 ■ Growth strategy

 ■ Increase market penetration in China 

Read more on p43

and North America

 ■ Focus investments on B&I and I&T

 ■ Consider bolt on acquisitions in B&I 

and I&T

Return on capital employed
(Underlying operating profit as a 
percentage of net assets plus net debt)

Target

2017

2016

2015

12.0%

11.1%

11.1%

12.5%

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  17

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
 
Business review
Building & Industrial

Clark Halladay 
Global Business Director

The B&I Global Business Unit supplies a 
range of technical textile solutions for niche 
applications in air and water filtration, building 
and roofing.

Revenue

£85.9m

2016: £73.4m 

Underlying operating profit

£12.4m

2016: £10.9m 

Underlying operating margin

14.4%

2016: 14.9% 

B&I has achieved record sales growth in 2017, delivering 9.6% 
growth over 2016 (at constant currency rates). All major market 
sectors achieved good year-on-year progress and all geographic 
regions delivered double-digit growth. We managed our portfolio 
dynamically, with the acquisition of Walflor Industries in the USA, 
the expansion of our production plant in Changzhou, China, the 
integration of the Xeroflor Green Roof business in North America 
and the disposal of the agro-textile business in Lokeren, Belgium.

The green roof segment saw nearly 20% growth as we aligned 
Xeroflor with the core building business. The acoustics business 
in North America grew by 18% as multi-family housing construction 
markets continued to expand, with this trend set to continue into 
2018. The acquisition of the Walflor business further strengthens 
our position in the growing North American market, by establishing 
a presence on the West Coast. European roofing and building 
markets reversed a multi-year low growth trend and expanded by 
nearly 12%, although consolidation accelerated in 2017, increasing 
competitive pressure. In response we are pursuing strategic 
initiatives to drive value-adding functionality in new higher-end 
products and initiating proactive cost reductions. Although the 
agro-textile business grew in 2017, given the significant investment 
required to take it to the next level of development, we sold this 
business in October 2017 realising a loss after tax of £8.4m.

For 2018 our strategy will focus on new business development, 
faster innovation and margin management. Our business is aligned 
with key global and sustainability mega-trends and we see many 
opportunities for existing products in technical fields, product 
development and regional expansion.

Market drivers

 ■ Improved quality of life

 ■ Demand for air, water, home and automotive 

filtration

Revenue
Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating margin

2017
£85.9m
£12.4m
14.4%

2016
£73.4m
£10.9m
14.9%

Actual
+17.0%
+13.8%

Constant
currency 1
+9.6%2
+6.0%

1   Constant currency is calculated by retranslating comparative period results at current period exchange rates.

2  Including Walflor Industries Inc.

18  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

The fabric of everyday life

A green roof to save 
25 million litres of 
water runoff

CHALLENGE
When New York’s Javits Center was renovated, the design 
team sought a lightweight, low-maintenance green roof 
system that would retain rainwater, reduce runoff to cut 
cooling use and be wildlife-friendly.

SOLUTION
Our Xeroflor green roof system was added as a ‘fifth façade’ 
to protect and extend the service life of the new roof 
membrane, save energy and enhance biodiversity and 
sustainability.

The lightweight system works by moderating heat flow 
through the roof and lowering the temperature of air drawn 
into the HVAC units on hot days. The high vegetation 
coverage of the pre-vegetated system minimises the 
chance of airborne weed seeds germinating on the roof. 
It has now also become a safe habitat for birds and insects 
in the middle of the bustling city.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  19

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThe fabric of everyday life

Paving the way 
for less corrosion

CHALLENGE
At Biogen’s many biogas facilities across the UK, organic 
waste is fermented to make methane gas for fuel. However, 
the acidic liquid can corrode the steel fabric used in the 
plants’ concrete pavements. Biogen needed to find a 
stronger, longer-lasting fibre and replace the pavements 
at one of its sites.

SOLUTION
Working with contractor Toureen Mangan; our tailor-made 
approach redesigned the concrete reinforcements. We 
replaced the steel fabric with our Durus S400 polypropylene 
macro fibres and monofilament fibre Fibrin XT. These 
strengthened the concrete to cope with heavy plant traffic 
and higher levels of freezing and thawing, while also 
reducing corrosion.

20  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Business review
Civil Engineering

Neil Ryan 
Global Business Director

The CE Global Business Unit supplies woven 
and nonwoven geotextiles and construction 
fibres used in major infrastructure projects, 
including road and rail building, land reclamation 
and coastal defence.

Revenue

£102.0m

2016: £90.8m 

Underlying operating profit

£0.1m

2016: £4.2m 

CE sales grew 4.9% at constant currency. However an excess 
of capacity in the market for more commoditised products meant 
we were unable to pass on the sharp increase in the cost of raw 
materials. Despite a good flow of early enquiries, these did not 
translate into new business, and the anticipated benefits from 
investing in a technical sales force did not materialise. Together 
these had an adverse impact on product margins and mix and 
the business broke even for the year (2016: £4.2m profit).

We nevertheless won a number of major infrastructure projects; 
including products and services for motorways in Hungary and 
rigid reinforcement for Istanbul airport. We also launched a range 
of synthetic fibres offering better finishing quality and higher 
performance. We upgraded our geo-synthetic range, so all of our 
products are fulfilling the new CE requirements on durability, and 
most of them are certified to last up to 100 years. In addition, we 
opened our new concrete testing lab in Belgium earlier this year. 
This will, in turn, further accelerate our product development and 
support our construction fibres customers with product testing.

We are addressing our competitive position in the reinforcement 
markets in Central and Eastern Europe. Our North American sales 
were also disappointing this year, with no new or significant soil 
consolidation projects and several reinforcement projects being 
delayed. The devastating hurricanes also took their toll, with 
related projects being delayed until 2018.

We expect the tough market conditions to continue into 2018. 
Our focus is on improving our cost position and sales and 
customer execution. We have initiatives underway to deliver 
this and are reviewing our portfolio to ensure we provide 
products that offer most value to our customers.

Underlying operating margin

Market drivers

0.1%

2016: 4.6% 

Revenue
Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating margin

 ■ Urbanisation and need for better infrastructure

 ■ Lower carbon footprint and environmental 
benefits compared to traditional materials

 ■ Faster and safer construction and increased 
quality control in performance and safety

2017
£102.0m
£0.1m
0.1%

2016
£90.8m
£4.2m
4.6%

Actual
+12.3%
- 97.6%

Constant
currency 1
+4.9%
-97.7%

1   Constant currency is calculated by retranslating comparative period results at current period exchange rates.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  21

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONBusiness review
Coated Technical Textiles

Johann Bryan 
Global Business Director

The CTT Global Business Unit supplies a range 
of technical coated fabrics providing aesthetics 
and design, performance and protection in a 
number of different markets.

In 2017 we focused on consolidating and improving our CTT 
portfolio. In practice, that meant a greater emphasis on higher 
margin products; this has resulted in a sales portfolio weighted 
more towards interior products than was previously the case.

Revenue

£138.3m

2016: £129.8m

Underlying operating profit

£9.3m

2016: £8.7m 

Underlying operating margin

6.7%

2016: 6.7% 

Revenue
Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating margin

The growth in interior products was primarily attributable to new 
product developments. Technical innovations in the development 
of partition walls for sport and event venues led to increasing sales 
volumes. Three major sporting venues have benefited from the 
deployment of an innovative material that has waterproofing and self-
cleaning attributes. This material is attractive to stadium owners as it 
saves on long-term maintenance and replacement costs as well as 
extending the lifespan of the venue and increasing its sustainability.

The completion of two prestigious football stadia – the Volgograd 
Arena in Russia and the Mercedes-Benz Arena in Stuttgart – 
showcased our capability to undertake architectural projects 
of substantial size. Under new leadership, our strategy for this 
business unit will be to optimise margins through focusing 
available capacity on the highest value market segments, 
against a review of plant utilisation. 

Our priority this year was to improve customer service. This approach 
helped the Tensile Architecture team win several new technical 
projects. As well as ensuring that we meet our customers’ specialist 
requirements, we expanded the range and quantity of stock that 
we carry, so we can now offer a much better delivery service.

In 2017 we identified and addressed the specific production 
difficulties we faced in 2016 and sought to rebuild trust in our 
product quality among our customers. To do so, we invested 
in our assets and in our people. While some improvements 
have been made, we continued to experience problems with 
production consistency, with higher waste and lower proportions 
of premium grade product than we expected, especially in the 
latter part of the year. Improving this is a key objective for 2018.

Looking to the future, we seek to extend our customer base with 
a particular emphasis on the Americas.

Market drivers

 ■ Demand for infrastructure and quality of life 

improvements in areas of economic development

 ■ Protection of food supplies in transportation

 ■ Growth in the renewable energy sector

2017
£138.3m
£9.3m
6.7%

2016
£129.8m
£8.7m
6.7%

Actual
+6.5%
+6.9%

Constant
currency 1
-0.7%
+1.1%

1   Constant currency is calculated by retranslating comparative period results at current period exchange rates.

22  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

The fabric of everyday life

Keeping the rain 
off a training pitch

CHALLENGE
Amsterdam has many days of rain, so when an Amsterdam 
football club planned to build a new training facility, it required 
a durable, weather-resistant material to cover the pitch. 
And the work couldn’t disrupt team training.

SOLUTION
Poly-Ned created an air dome to cover the entire pitch. 
To ensure the dome could withstand high winds, it chose 
our robust MEHGIES® VALMEX® Tent membrane, covering 
it with a steel cable construction anchored to the ground. 
As the membrane cover can be used without a support 
structure underneath it, the football pitch area wasn’t 
compromised. Also, the translucent material means little 
light is lost. Because our membrane doesn’t need grinding, 
Poly-Ned was able to build the cover quickly and easily – 
without affecting training.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  23

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThe fabric of everyday life

Contributing to a more 
sustainable world

CHALLENGE
When Tarkett wanted products to help their customers 
deliver more sustainable carpets, without compromising on 
quality, they required a primary carpet backing with better 
composition to improve the material health of their carpets.

SOLUTION
Working closely with Tarkett, we developed a new 
commercial carpet that delivers the same properties as our 
world-leading Colback Proflooring product – Colback Gold. 
Colback Gold is the next extension of our Colback Profloor 
portfolio and specifically designed to meet the requirements 
of customers who have embraced the cradle-to-cradle 
philosophy. Colback Gold combines Colback Profloor’s 
performance and environmental responsibility. Our 2 year 
technical partnership meant that we were able to work 
quickly and efficiently from product development to 
production.

24  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Business review
Interiors & Transportation

Gareth Kaminski-Cook 
Global Business Director

The I&T Global Business Unit supplies technical 
fabrics used in transportation, interior carpeting, 
resilient tiles and decorative products.

particularly strong, and now represents over 20% of divisional 
sales. The expansion of the Changzhou facility means we are 
well placed to build on our success in this growing market.

Both sales volume and revenue showed growth in 2017 of around 
7% over 2016 at constant currency, in spite of the significant 
increases in the price of raw materials and competitive pressure 
in the market. Volume growth in I&T in China, including profitable 
new revenue streams from wall coverings and decoration, was 

Revenue

£120.3m

2016: £106.0m 

Underlying operating profit

£19.1m

2016: £17.1m 

Underlying operating margin

15.9%

2016: 16.1%

Revenue
Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating margin

In 2017 we were successful both in winning new customers in 
new markets and expanding our business with existing clients. 
We have introduced a range of new products to the market. 
We are particularly proud of Colback Gold: an innovative primary 
backing material that enables customers to develop products that 
qualify for cradle-to-cradle Gold certification, a highly respected 
accreditation that recognises sustainable manufacturing.

Collaborative partnership is at the heart of how we do business. 
This year the I&T team launched in4nite – a project combining 
ideas and creativity of product designers, graphic designers 
and architects with Low & Bonar’s Colback fabric. This initiative 
demonstrates to the design community that Low & Bonar 
can work with designers and architects to develop innovative 
solutions, utilising our unique technology and expertise.

We continue to invest and improve our technology base. The 
technology we use in our facility in China has delivered the most 
consistent control of material performance ever seen and has 
helped us enter new markets in very demanding applications.

Looking to the future, the completion of the further expansion 
of our plant in China in the first quarter of 2018 means we can 
meet the market growth that we predict. We are also preparing to 
upgrade our yarn technology, so we can develop our product range 
for new applications such as filtration and cushion vinyl flooring.

Market drivers

 ■ Economic and environmental requirements 
driving high-strength, low-weight flooring 
solutions

 ■ Ease of handling, aesthetic and design 

flexibility driving substitution of wall-to-wall 
carpet with carpet tiles

2017
£120.3m
£19.1m
15.9%

2016
£106.0m
£17.1m
16.1%

Actual
+13.5%
+11.7%

Constant
currency 1
+7.1%
+5.5%

1   Constant currency is calculated by retranslating comparative period results at current period exchange rates.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  25

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCorporate responsibility
Overview

We remain committed to sustainability working hand in hand 
with our long-term growth strategy. We continue to review all 
aspects of our corporate responsibility processes and look 
for opportunities to improve these further.

We believe that good corporate 
responsibility adds value to all 
our stakeholders in the short, 
medium and long term, and 
builds pride in our business for 
those who work in our Group.

Our culture 

Our people 

Our culture is informed by our values, 
which are brought to life by our 
people every day.

Attracting, developing and retaining 
the best people is important for 
our success.

Read more on p28

Read more on p29

Our health and 
safety

Health and safety is everyone’s 
responsibility; we must ensure Low & 
Bonar is always a safe place to work.

Read more on p30

Corporate 
responsibility

Our communities 

Our relationship with the communities in 
which we operate is important to both 
local people and our business.

Read more on p33

Our environment 

We aim to reduce energy usage and 
waste generation.

Read more on p31

26  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cradle-to-cradle process

Our processes and 
technology are increasingly 
supporting our aims for 
sustainability.

1.  Use of raw 
materials

2.  Manufacturing 

process

5.  Disposal  
of our  
products

3.  Waste 

reduction

4.  Use of our 
products

1.   Use of raw materials

 We have been able to improve our 
raw material usage efficiency and 
continue to focus our efforts on the 
replacement of virgin raw materials 
with recycled material where 
possible. We now have a carpet 
backing that is 100% recyclable.

2.   Manufacturing process

 The Group is focused on optimising 
energy efficiency and reducing 
emissions in its manufacturing 
processes. We continue to improve 
our manufacturing processes with  
the use of lean and ongoing 
improvement techniques.

3.   Waste reduction

 The Group is focused on minimising 
waste. In 2017, we further reduced 
waste generation in our manufacturing 
processes across all sites by 
investment in improved technology. 
This investment continues into 2018 
as a cornerstone of our Project 
Planet improvement programme.

4.   Use of our products

 Sustainability is a core driver in our 
innovation processes.

5.   Disposal of our products

 We recognise the environmental 
impact arising from the disposal 
of our products. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  27

Our investor site can be found here:investors.lowandbonar.comOVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
Corporate responsibility continued

Our culture

Our culture is founded in our 
values, which are brought to life 
by our people every day. It helps 
us to attract and retain talented 
people who want to be part of a 
great place to work and who will, 
in turn, thrive in our business.

LOW & BONAR’S CULTURE IS INFORMED BY 
BOTH OUR BUSINESS VISION AND PROMISE.

Our vision
Our vision as a business is to drive exceptional value 
through performance materials and provide technical 
expertise that contributes to a more sustainable world.

Our promise
Our promise is that Low & Bonar enables progress through 
performance and provides technologies to exceed our 
customers’ expectations, address the challenges of an 
evolving world and improve the quality of everyday life.

These are underpinned by a clear set of values:

 ■ Be world-class

 ■ Embrace the new 

 We aspire to be a world-class organisation, and the 
number one choice for our customers. We act with 
integrity and respect one another. We collaborate to get 
closer to our customers, better serve their needs and 
understand new market opportunities. Working as a team 
we become market leaders across the full range of our 
products and services, delivering solutions that are the 
best in our industry.

 ■ Empower and perform 

 We want to celebrate our skills and expertise and give 
people the freedom to explore new ideas and possibilities. 
By collaborating through cross-functional and cross-
geographical teams, and empowering our people 
to make the right decisions, we can bring the best 
of Low & Bonar to our customers.

 Every day our customers benefit from the depth of skill, 
insight and experience we have across our organisation. 
To sustainably deliver these benefits; we keep enhancing 
our offer through innovation and through collaborating 
with our customers. By doing this, we can anticipate 
where the opportunities and challenges lie, both now 
and in the future.

 ■ Collaborate to transform 

 Our best results are seen when we work together and 
form strong and meaningful partnerships. At the heart 
of our organisation is a great team, and we want to make 
sure our customers can feel the full benefit of the many 
years’ experience we have behind us.

Our values are adopted in a number of practical ways. 
They inform our approach to recruitment decisions, employee 
assessment and development. 

28  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
Our people

The table below sets out the position, as at 30 November 2017, 
of the Group on a gender basis:

Attracting, developing and 
retaining great people is important 
for our success. A job at Low & 
Bonar can be part of a career, with 
development opportunities, and 
a working culture that embraces 
professionalism and diversity. 

To achieve our business ambition, it is our people who will make 
the big difference. That means we need not just gender or racial 
diversity, but diversity of people and thinking.

We employ around 2,000 people across the world, active in sales, 
marketing, our integrated supply chain and other global functions.

Directors
Executive Leadership Team (ELT) 1
Direct reports to ELT
Employees 2

1  Excluding the Executive Directors.

Number 
of men
5
8
36
1,541

%
83
100
90
75

Number 
of women
1
0
4
523

%
17
0
10
25

2   Employees of its consolidated subsidiaries, excluding Bonar Natpet LLC. 

Talent management
Our performance management programme, introduced in 2016, 
involves a comprehensive approach to performance assessment 
and talent management. It enables us to directly link personal 
contribution to individual recognition and development. 

Equal opportunities and human rights 
In seeking to recruit different genders, backgrounds, ages 
and nationalities throughout the organisation we ensure that 
corporate decision-making is informed by the widest possible 
range of knowledge, skills and experience.

Our culture 
At Low & Bonar we value the diversity of experiences of our 
people. We look for resourceful individuals who will bring ideas 
and initiative to contribute to the growth of our Company.

We are fully mindful of and have mitigation strategies to prevent; 
human rights violations and other risks within our own business 
and supply chain, including labour risks, unsafe workplace 
conditions, environmental degradation and bribery and corruption. 

Our core values underpin our culture and set out the type of 
organisation we want to be. Our values drive us to be world-
class, empower and perform, embrace the new and collaborate 
to transform. We seek to drive exceptional value through 
performance materials and technical expertise that contribute 
to a more sustainable world.

Diversity
The Board is mindful of the benefits of diversity in its management 
and of the representation of women in senior roles. However, we 
have not set specific targets for the number of female Directors 
on the Board and will continue to appoint the best candidate 
available to us for any role. The Group is conscious that it is 
possible to discourage inadvertently the candidacy of women 
and we continue to bear this in mind in all recruitment.

We are committed to acting ethically and with integrity in all our 
business dealings and we are committed to ensuring that there is 
transparency in our business. For further information on our Modern 
Slavery Statement see our website at www.lowandbonar.com.

Employee engagement
Our approach to employee engagement is informed by the 
knowledge that employees who have good-quality jobs and are 
managed well will not only be happier, healthier and more fulfilled, 
but are also more likely to be highly productive, innovative and 
drive better products and services to customers. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  29

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCorporate responsibility continued

Our health and safety

Our approach
Our approach to health and safety is based on three areas:

We believe that every employee 
has the right to come to work 
and go home safely at the end 
of the day.

Management of health and safety
Health and safety frameworks in the Group must drive attitudes 
that this is everyone’s responsibility to make Low & Bonar a safe 
place to work. Our task is to provide these frameworks, resources 
and leadership to bring them to life.

Although our Lost Time Accidents (LTAs) fell in 2017 compared 
to 2016, we had a fatality at our Hückelhoven site in June. While 
the detailed investigations into this accident conducted with the 
German authorities, have yet to legally conclude, internally our 
shock at this tragedy has led us to redouble our efforts to 
eliminate accidents throughout the business.

In the background, our first aid and fire incidence numbers have 
continued to fall, continuing trends from previous years. Our 
reporting of near misses, which we consider to be opportunities 
to prevent future accidents, show improvement. These are 
encouraging signals.

1.  Safety leadership
Safety leadership is first and foremost everyone’s task, where 
management is to lead by example. To assist management in 
doing so we are adding a network of safety professionals to 
increase capability. This structure will be complete by early 2018.

Safety KPIs are reviewed every month both in functional leadership 
teams and in the business leadership teams, and each of those 
meetings now starts with a safety moment – a sharing of a relevant 
insight into safety that helps focus our minds on health and safety.

The Health and Safety Committee meets regularly as an integral 
part of our approach to risk management, with risks being 
escalated to the Risk Oversight Committee as appropriate.

Senior management regularly take part in ‘Gemba walks’ – the 
daily safety tours that occur on all sites. These produce ‘SiFiRi’ 
(See It, Fix It, Report It) reports, which are our way of preventing 
issues arising.

2.  Employee engagement
Earlier in the year, one of our sites asked children of employees to 
draw a picture of what safety should mean for their parents while 
they were at work. These powerful pictures were displayed in the 
factory and had a great impact on all who saw them, emphasising 
the simple message about the need and right to go home safely 
at the end of the day.

This initiative was subsequently used as a key theme in our fifth 
Global Health and Safety Week in October 2017.

And of course day in, day out employees are a key part of the 
Gemba walks, with nearly 4,000 SiFiRis generated in the year; 
all are opportunities to prevent accidents.

These walks also take place in our office environments and 
we shall continue to promote this and the message that safety 
is everyone’s concern.

3.  Risk assessment
Our approach to risk assessment has the specific aim of 
understanding and mitigating the risks of the interaction between 
plant (the machinery and equipment being used), process (the 
operations being carried out) and people (the staff carrying out 
those operations). Particular attention is paid to this process when 
machinery is used for an operation not routinely carried out and 
following staff changes. 

30  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Our environment

Our approach to environmental 
management is based on 
compliance with environmental 
regulation and continuous 
improvement in energy usage 
and waste generation; linked to 
the implementation of certified 
environmental management 
systems and their associated 
metrics and standards. 

Management of environmental impact 
We have had three environmental incidents in 2017: a silo being 
over-pressurised by a supply vehicle which blew raw material 
over a nearby road; an oil leak on a recycling hydraulic system, 
and a leak of oil in an area where full immediate clean-up was 
not possible. The first two incidents were fully remediated and in 
the third case the residual oil, which is of a biodegradable nature, 
is being monitored to ensure it decomposes. 

Following these incidents, and as a matter of routine for all 
significant events, a full root cause analysis was undertaken 
to ensure learnings were shared across our sites. By way of 
example, following the over-pressurised silo incident, actions 
were taken to improve over-pressurisation warning systems 
and our delivery systems were reviewed, which led to planned 
investment in new loading/unloading areas at our Fulda site. 

Key areas of focus are:
Introduction of environmental standards
Our plants in Tiszaújváros, Hungary and Zele, Belgium were 
certified to ISO 14001:2015, as part of our transition from ISO 
14001:2004. This transition will continue in 2018, with another 
site moving from the previous standard and three more qualifying 
for ISO 14001:2015 for the first time.

In addition, four German sites have been successfully re-certified 
to ISO 50001:2011 Energy Management Systems Standard.

Environmental near misses
The introduction of reporting on environmental near misses has 
allowed us to capture incidents and perform root cause analysis 
on them. Learnings are then routinely shared across all sites. 
In 2017 64 minor events were classified as environmental near 
misses and have led to a number of preventative measures.

Energy efficiency
Following last year’s audits in our Belgian sites we now have an 
energy-efficiency programme and all capital proposals include a 
section on the impact on energy usage. Significant improvements 
came from replacing two air compressors at Fulda and adding a 
new demand control system. 

In 2017 improvements have also come from the implementation of 
LED lighting at a number of sites, and this programme continues. 
The implementation of improved energy measurement systems is 
a focus for 2018 alongside continued investment in improved plant 
and infrastructure.

Reduction of emissions
Our major initiative in this area has been the replacement of the air 
exhaust system at our Fulda plant. Work started in 2017 and will be 
completed in early 2018 in a project agreed with the local authorities. 
The project will also reduce our energy usage on the site.

Meanwhile, Asheville received formal notification of recognition 
and appreciation from the Western North Carolina Air Quality 
Agency, for compliance with air quality rules and regulations.

Minimising waste
Continuous improvement efforts are active at all sites to minimise 
material wastage at all stages of the manufacturing process, 
with particular emphasis on reducing the edge trim and on 
start-up losses.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  31

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONCorporate responsibility continued

Our environment continued

Incorporation of recycled material
If we cannot eliminate waste then we seek to recycle it. 2017 
has seen the expansion of our recycling programme in Dundee, 
where we replace a portion of the virgin material we use with 
locally recycled material. The original on-site recycling has now 
expanded to include waste material from other sites in the Group 
in Belgium, Hungary and China. The recycling of some of these 
waste streams is still at the development stage but early analysis 
is promising and we will seek to expand this further in 2018.

In Coated Technical Textiles the recycling of PVC waste is key to 
environmental performance and we are a member and financial 
supporter of the key industry programmes. 

Water
Water usage is not a significant environmental impact for the 
Group due to the nature of our manufacturing operations. 
However, water usage is tracked and monitored and water 
management is regularly reviewed. 

Greenhouse gas emissions 
We report Scope 1 and 2 emissions defined by the Department 
for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) Environmental 
Reporting Guidelines 2013 as follows: 

 ■ Scope 1 (Direct emissions): combustion of fuel and operation 

of facilities; and 

 ■ Scope 2 (Indirect emissions): consumption of purchased 

electricity, heat or steam. 

For our UK operations, we have used the UK Government’s 2017 
conversion factors. For non-UK operations we have used the 
relevant government data where that is available. Where no local 
government data was available to us, we have used the best 
available source. 

Low & Bonar’s continued investment in energy reduction 
programmes as well as improvements in exhaust systems 
abatement plant has started to show benefits to our overall green 
house gas programme. This is also heavily affected by orders/
product mix with our diverse portfolio and manufacturing systems. 
The Group is continuing its investment in abatement plant and 
energy reduction schemes.

The disclosures required by law relating to the Group’s 
greenhouse gas emissions are set out below. Data is given 
for each year to 30 November 2016 and 30 November 2017:

Emission type
Scope 1: 
Fuel
Process & fugitive emissions
Vehicle use
Total scope 1 emissions
Scope 2: Purchased energy

tCO2e (method)

2017

2016

33,940
112
1,014
35,066
85,819

35,412
1,314
605 1
37,331
90,871

Total emissions

120,885

128,202

1  No emissions data was available for the Fulda site in 2016.

Greenhouse gas emissions intensity ratio

Total footprint (Scope 1 
and Scope 2) – tCO2e
Revenue (£m)
Intensity ratio – Scope 2 
location based method 
(tCO2e/£m) 1 

2017

2016

Year-on-year 
variance

120,885
446.5m

128,202
400.0m

-5.7%
+11.6%

270.7

320.5

-15.5%

1  The diverse and complex nature of the Group’s operations means that a 

metric based on units of production would not provide a consistent picture. 
Similarly, there is no meaningful relationship between occupied floor area 
or employee numbers and the carbon intensity of our operations. We will 
continue to monitor and review the appropriateness of the intensity ratio.

32  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

HOW WE SUPPORT OUR LOCAL COMMUNITIES

 ■  In the USA we continued our ongoing support of local 

United Way initiatives through monthly donations together 
with employee pledges

 ■ In Asheville and Zele we donated to local fire departments

 ■ In Ivanka we sponsored the local football team

 ■ In Lomnice we sponsored a number of local sports clubs

 ■ In Slovakia we contributed material to help build a sports 

field for a local elementary school

 ■ In Germany we continued to provide on-site training for 

apprentices from local technical schools

Our communities

Our relationship with the 
communities in which we 
operate is important to us.

Our local communities provide much of our workforce, are 
frequently end users of our products, are suppliers of services 
to us and are our neighbours.

Having a good relationship with our communities helps us attract 
and retain employees, facilitates support from local services and 
enhances the profile and reputation of Low & Bonar.

Governance
We are, in many of our geographic locations, a significant employer 
in the local community. We have a positive impact on communities 
across many parts of the world through job creation and stimulating 
local economic development. The interconnectivity of our business 
and local communities is something we respect, value and nurture. 
We actively seek to engage with local government and local 
emergency service organisations in the communities in which 
we operate.

This year we introduced a Charitable Giving Policy and as part 
of this we reconfirmed our policy of only giving contributions to 
organisations with verifiable charitable status.

We do not give any political donations.

Priority for 2018
Going forward we aim to continue to work with local authorities, 
emergency services and local industry as well as seeking to 
support local environmental initiatives wherever possible with 
our erosion control products.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  33

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONFinance review
Overview

Revenue growth with slight 
underlying operating margin 
decline. Focus now on cost 
and net debt reduction.

Revenue
Underlying profit before tax

2017
£446.5m
£30.7m

2016
£400.0m
£29.2m

Actual
+11.6%
+5.1%

Constant 
currency 1
+4.5%
-2.2%

1  Constant currency is calculated by retranslating comparative period results at current period exchange rates.

Profit before tax (all figures are on an underlying 
basis except where stated)
Profit before tax from continuing operations increased by 5.1% 
to £30.7m (2016: £29.2m). As we present our results in Sterling, 
our reported results are sensitive to the strength of Sterling 
against Euro and US dollar. A one cent movement in these rates 
approximately equates to a £90k (against the US dollar) and 
£120k (against the Euro) change in our full year profits. In 2017, 
the impact of foreign exchange rate changes aided reported 
profits by £1.5m. Operating profits were 2.3% higher than last year 
at £35.5m (2016: £34.7m). Statutory operating losses were £14.9m 
against a profit of £31.4m in 2016. Statutory losses before tax 
were £19.7m (2016: profit of £25.9m) after a net non-underlying 
charge of £50.4m (2016: £3.3m).

Excluding the effect of favourable foreign exchange gains on 
translating overseas earnings, operating profit on a constant 
currency basis was 4.6% lower than the prior year. Operating 
margins reduced to 8.0% against 8.7% last year. Improvements 
in B&I and I&T were offset by a disappointing result from CE, 
with CTT remaining flat. Significant raw material price increases 
in the first half of 2017 were sustained through the second half of 
the year. B&I and I&T were able to mitigate most of these through 
higher prices, however CE and, to a lesser extent, CTT were 
unable to mitigate fully these price increases, reducing profit 
by £3.5m.

34  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Non-underlying items
There was a net non-underlying charge before tax of £50.4m 
(2016: £3.3m) in relation to continuing operations.

Impairment of Civil Engineering assets
Following the poor performance of CE, impairment reviews 
of its goodwill and other assets were conducted. These resulted 
in a full impairment of the £19.4m goodwill balance, with further 
impairments of property, plant & equipment (PP&E) and certain 
intangible assets totalling £6.6m and £0.9m respectively.

Write down of Ivanka
As part of the first stage review of CE, it was decided to exit 
from the loss-making weaving plant in Ivanka, Slovakia. As a 
consequence, the assets have been written down to the proceeds 
expected to be realised from the exit, resulting in a charge of £4.7m. 
This charge is comprised of a write-down of PP&E totalling £3.4m, 
a write down of intangible assets totalling £0.3m, and a write off of 
inventory of £1.0m.

Loss on disposal of the agro-textile business
In October 2017, the Group completed the disposal of the 
Lokeren-based agro-textile business. The proceeds totalled 
£6.1m (€7.0m), of which £5.8m was received in the year and 
£0.3m in December 2017. The disposal generated a loss before 
tax of £12.7m (£8.4m after tax).

Pension administration costs
The Group incurred £0.2m (2016: £0.1m) of non-underlying pension 
administration costs relating to its UK defined benefit scheme.

Acquisition related costs
In the year the Group incurred costs of £0.5m (2016: £0.1m) 
relating to the acquisition of Walflor Industries Inc.

Provision in relation to customs duties
The Group has identified irregularities in relation to customs duties 
which relate to sales arranged from a former overseas sales office 
which was closed several years ago. The non-underlying charge 
of £1.7m represents the Group’s best estimate of the liability. 
A thorough investigation is being undertaken and the Group 
is confident that this is a contained matter.

Amortisation of acquired intangibles
The amortisation of acquired intangibles of £3.7m (2016: £4.0m) 
is excluded from underlying business profit in accordance with 
Group’s accounting policies.

Discontinued operations
The Group recorded a loss of £1.0m in respect of discontinued 
operations. During the year, we reached agreement with the 
purchaser of the artificial grass yarns business, sold in 2016, 
on the level of deferred consideration receivable, and the £0.9m 
difference between the final amount agreed and the debtor held at 
the end of 2016 has been included as a non-underlying item from 
discontinued operations, net of a £0.2m tax credit. A share of loss 
of £0.3m from the Bonar Natpet joint venture was also recognised.

Taxation
The overall tax credit on continuing profit before tax was 
£2.1m (2016: charge of £8.2m). The underlying tax charge from 
continuing operations was £8.9m (2016: £8.8m), an effective rate 
of 29.0% (2016: 30.1%). The decrease in effective rate relates to 
the country mix of profits. In addition, a reduction in the US federal 
tax rate from 35% to 21% will take effect from 1 January 2018 
and is expected, based on the existing mix of profits, to reduce 
the Group’s ongoing effective tax rate by around 3% per annum. 
It is also expected to generate a one-off benefit of approximately 
£1.4m on the revaluation of deferred tax liabilities in 2018.

Acquisitions
On 17 January 2017, the Group acquired the business and assets 
of Walflor Industries Inc., a producer of rainscreens and acoustic 
mats based near Seattle, USA, for an initial £2.9m and contingent 
consideration of up to £0.7m in cash based on the commercial 
performance of the business over the following twelve months.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  35

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONFinance review continued

Net debt
As at 30 November 2017, net debt was £138.4m (2016: £111.0m). 
This was higher than had been anticipated, due principally to higher 
than forecast inventories in CE. There is now a very clear focus on 
cash generation, and we have a defined plan to reduce net debt 
by at least £15m in constant currency terms, over the course of 
the current year. This will be delivered principally through improved 
working capital discipline and a lower capital expenditure 
requirement.

Cash inflow from operations was £36.6m (2016: £38.5m). During 
the year, the Group spent £28.7m (2016: £18.9m) on property, 
plant and equipment and £5.7m (2016: £3.3m) on intangible 
assets. Excluding replacement, efficiency and health and safety 
related capital expenditure, the amount invested in equipment to 
support future growth was £22.9m (2016: £13.1m). The main item 
related to £16.2m (2016: £nil) spent on expanding the Colback 
manufacturing facility in Changzhou, China. The Group also 
invested £3.2m (2016: £2.7m) in the ongoing Group ERP system, 
the roll-out of which commenced during the year.

Trade working capital as a percentage of revenue at year end 
decreased to 24% (2016: 26%). This reflects the increased 
revenue, partly offset by an increase in trade working capital 
to £105.4m (2016: £103.3m).

The analysis of the Group’s net debt is as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Total interest-bearing loans 
and borrowings
Net debt

2017
£38.2m

2016
£26.3m

£(176.6)m 
£(138.4)m

£(137.3)m
£(111.0)m

The gearing ratio of total net debt to EBITDA increased from 
2.0 times in 2016 to 2.4 times.

The Group’s available debt facilities total £215m/€244m (2016: 
£209m/€246m) and comprise a five-year revolving credit facility 
(RCF) of €165m maturing in July 2019, a private placement of 
€60m scheduled for repayment between September 2022 and 
September 2026 in equal tranches, and loan facilities of Rmb 
150m through to June 2020. We have commenced a process 
to refinance the RCF which we expect to have concluded in the 
first half of 2018. 

Return on capital employed
Following the goodwill and other impairments, which totalled 
£31.6m, the return on capital employed has remained flat at 11.1% 
(2016: 11.1%). Adding back these impairments to net assets would 
decrease the return to 10.1%. In line with the prior year, the current 
year calculation of return is based on net assets and net debt, the 
target for which is 12%. The capital expenditure spend 
is expected to improve returns in future periods.

Earnings per share
Basic underlying earnings per share was 6.42p, an increase of 
6.8% from 6.01p in 2016. On a constant currency basis, basic 
underlying earnings per share decreased by 0.8% due to a 
decrease in the effective tax rate from 30.1% to 29.0% along 
with the constant currency impact on the earnings of the Group. 
On a statutory basis, basic earnings per share from continuing 
operations decreased from 5.20p in 2016 to a loss per share 
of 5.56p in 2017.

36  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Dividends
The Board considers dividends to be the primary method of 
returning capital to shareholders. In determining the level of capital 
to be returned by way of dividend, the Board considers a number 
of factors, including:

 ■ The level of distributable reserves held by the parent company, 
and the availability of dividends from subsidiary companies, 
from which the parent company derives its distributable 
reserves;

Brexit
We continue to monitor the potential impact of the UK’s vote to 
leave the European Union. While the UK represents only a small 
part of the Group’s sales (around 5% of Group sales are made 
to UK based customers, 60% of which originate from UK-based 
entities, and we have a single UK-based manufacturing facility), 
the potential for increased volatility in foreign exchange and 
interest rates and the possibility of wider macroeconomic 
destabilisation across European or global markets could have 
an impact on the Group’s future performance.

 ■ Projections of future cash flows, including the impact of 
dividends on compliance with our loan covenants; and

 ■ The risks to future cash flows and distributable reserves, 
which are set out in the principal risks and uncertainties 
section on pages 42 to 44.

The Board review the availability of distributable reserves prior to 
the recommendation of any dividend. As at 30 November 2017, 
the parent company has distributable reserves equal to its 
retained earnings of £111.2m. As a consequence, the Group 
is in a strong position to cover future dividends.

For the financial year ended 30 November 2017, the Board has 
proposed a final dividend of 2.00 pence per share which will 
absorb an estimated £6.6m of shareholders’ funds. This has 
not been provided for in these accounts because the dividend 
was proposed after the year end. If it is approved by shareholders 
at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held 
on 13 April 2018, it will be paid on 19 April 2018 to Ordinary 
Shareholders who are on the register of members at close 
of business on 23 March 2018. The Company’s distributable 
reserves at November 2017 provide around 10 years’ cover 
for dividend payments at the current rate.

While foreign exchange rate fluctuations affect our reported 
Sterling results, the Group seeks to mitigate their impact on our 
banking covenants by drawing debt in the same currencies, and 
in the same broad mix, as the currencies that Group profits are 
generated in. Our covenants are calculated with debt and EBITDA 
translated into Sterling at average exchange rates to reduce the 
impact of rate volatility. At 30 November 2017, 38% (2016: 46%) 
of the Group’s net debt was held on a fixed interest rate basis; 
and the Group keeps this under regular review to maintain a 
reasonable average cost of borrowing while protecting against 
medium term exposure to interest rate changes.

Pensions
The charges for pensions are calculated in accordance with 
the requirement of IAS 19 Employee Benefits (revised). At 
30 November 2017, the UK scheme showed a surplus of £10.0m 
(2016: deficit of £2.2m). The gain was caused by a combination 
of higher than expected asset returns, updates relating to the 2017 
actuarial valuation and shorter assumed life expectancies. The 
Group has received legal advice that supports the recognition 
of this surplus as an asset on the balance sheet.

The deficit in the Group’s overseas schemes in Belgium, Germany 
and the USA decreased to £12.2m (2016: £12.8m), mainly as a 
result of favourable investment returns and changes to life 
expectancy assumptions.

Philip de Klerk
Group Chief Financial Officer

2 February 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  37

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRisk management

Risk management structure

The Group faces a variety of risks which, were they to materialise, 
could affect the delivery of its strategic objectives or the safe and 
efficient running of its operations. The Group has an established 
risk management framework which is designed to identify, evaluate 
and mitigate the risks and uncertainties facing the Group and to 
embed effective risk management into the culture and behaviour 
of its employees. Within this framework, we classify risks into four 
distinct categories according to their potential impact on the Group: 
strategic, operational, financial and compliance.

Risk oversight structure

RISK REGISTER

PLC  Board of Directors

A  Audit Committee

  Risk Oversight Committee

Read more on p48

Read more on p56

Read more on p39

Treasury Committee

Executive Leadership Team (ELT)

Internal Audit

Finance

Health and Safety Committee

38  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

RISK OVERSIGHT COMMITTEE

The role of the Committee 
The Committee’s role and responsibilities are set out in its 
terms of reference (ToR), which are reviewed annually and 
approved by the Board. In 2017 the Committee’s ToR were 
updated and are available to view on our website at 
investors.lowandbonar.com/corporate-governance.

Membership and attendees at meetings
The Risk Oversight Committee meets at least three times 
a year.

The Group Chief Financial Officer is the Committee Chairman 
and members include the Group Chief Executive, Group 
Director of Human Resources, Director of HSE, Director of IT, 
Group General Counsel and such other members of the 
Executive Leadership Team or other senior managers as 
and when appropriate. 

Reporting to the Board
The work of the Committee is discussed at Board 
meetings (through updates from the Audit Committee) 
on a regular basis. 

Effectiveness of the Committee
The effectiveness of the Committee is monitored and 
assessed regularly by the Audit Committee.

Risk oversight
The Group’s principal risks and uncertainties, as set out on pages 
42 to 44, are evaluated by the Board of Directors, Audit Committee 
and Risk Oversight Committee as standing agenda items. Principal 
risks are allocated to the relevant Board or Committee based on 
the probability of the risk occurring and the impact it would have 
on the Group. 

The risk management work undertaken by the Audit and Risk 
Oversight Committees are discussed at Board meetings in addition 
to the work undertaken by the Board. 

Delegation of risks
Group risks are delegated as follows:

Board of Directors
Responsible for the oversight of risk management as a whole, 
with specific responsibility for political risks, take-over risks, 
funding and capital, acquisitions, regulatory and compliance 
issues and investor relations. The Board in turn delegates 
responsibility for addressing individual risk issues to the 
Audit Committee and Risk Oversight Committee. 

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee has delegated authority from the Board for 
the control of funding and capital, financial controls, evaluation 
and control of acquisitions, information, valuation and reporting 
in respect of treasury matters.

Risk Oversight Committee
The Risk Oversight Committee is responsible for risks in the areas 
of health and safety, information security, the environment, major 
physical or operational incidents, raw materials, product failure, 
new product development, competition, customers, employees 
and regulatory and compliance issues. 

Internal audit function
The internal audit function is outsourced to PwC. As a result 
of this PwC are invited to present at Audit Committee meetings 
and are in regular contact with the Group Chief Financial Officer 
and Group finance function. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  39

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRisk management continued

Legal risk compliance
The Group values its reputation for ethical behaviour and for 
financial integrity and has a commitment to carry out business 
fairly, honestly and openly. We do not tolerate bribery in our 
dealings; it is illegal and harmful for business. Any involvement 
with improper inducements in order to secure business or gain 
any advantage for a Group company or our employees reflects 
adversely on our image and reputation and undermines the 
confidence of our customers and other business partners in us.

Competition compliance
The Company is committed to ensuring that all employees comply 
with all competition legislation. To ensure that relevant employees 
are aware of the issues and receive the appropriate level of training 
and information, the Group has a personalised online competition 
compliance training programme which all relevant personnel within 
the Group are required to complete on a regular basis. 

Criminal Finances Act 2017
The Company has conducted a risk assessment regarding 
failure to prevent the criminal facilitation of tax evasion and 
has implemented a Group policy and mitigation processes.

Anti-bribery compliance
We seek to eliminate bribery in our business dealings by:

 ■ setting out a clear Anti-Bribery Policy;

 ■ training all of our employees so that they can recognise 
and avoid the use of bribery by themselves and others;

 ■ encouraging our employees to be vigilant and to report 
any suspicion of bribery through suitable channels of 
communication; and ensuring sensitive information is 
treated appropriately;

 ■ rigorously investigating instances of alleged bribery and 
assisting the police and other appropriate authorities in 
any resultant prosecution; and

 ■ taking firm and vigorous action against any individual(s) 

involved in bribery.

Internal financial control framework
In addition to the risk review process and the internal audit work, 
the Group operates within an established internal financial control 
framework, which can be described under three headings:

1.   Financial reporting: we have a comprehensive budgeting 
system with an annual budget approved by the Board. 
Monthly actual results are reported against budget together 
with revised forecasts for the year (as necessary);

2.   Operating unit controls: financial controls and procedures 
including information system controls are detailed in our 
Group Policies and Procedures Manual. All operating units 
are required to confirm quarterly their compliance with policies 
and procedures set out in the Manual (including those relating 
to HSE matters) and local laws and regulations; and report any 
control weaknesses identified in the past year. Independent 
confirmation of compliance is obtained annually for selected 
operating units; and

3.   Investment appraisal: the Group has clearly defined 

guidelines for capital expenditure which are also set out in the 
Group Policies and Procedures Manual. These include detailed 
appraisal and review procedures, levels of authority and 
post-completion audits. Where businesses are being acquired 
detailed due diligence is undertaken in advance of acquisition.

Risk identification
Risk registers are held by each Global Business Unit and at each 
manufacturing site. These registers are assessed, discussed and 
updated at management team meetings. They document existing 
and emerging risks and assess their potential significance and 
likelihood of occurrence. A Group risk register collates the risks 
identified in Global Business Units and manufacturing sites 
together with certain strategic risks managed at Group level. 
The Group risk register is reviewed by the Board annually.

Risk mitigation
The risk registers ensure that each identified risk has a mitigation 
process developed for it and set out:

 ■ how the mitigation strategy is implemented;

 ■ the frequency of review;

 ■ who is accountable for the process; 

 ■ who will undertake the risk mitigation steps; and 

 ■ an assessment of the adequacy of the mitigation strategy.

40  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

VIABILITY STATEMENT

The Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over 
a five-year period, taking into account the Group’s position at 
30 November 2017 and the potential impacts of the principal 
risks over the review period. These risks are set out on pages 
42 to 44. A period of five years has been chosen for the purposes 
of the viability assessment, as this aligns with the Group’s 
strategic planning horizon, over which capital investment plans 
and market/product development initiatives are considered 
and are used to model the Group’s performance and financial 
ratios, including assessing funding requirements and ensuring 
adequate headroom on its loan covenants are maintained. 

The impact of these scenarios on the Group’s cash flow and 
financial covenants was modelled, together with the impact of 
the key mitigating actions that management would reasonably 
take. These actions mainly include further overhead and fixed 
manufacturing cost reductions, reductions in capital expenditure 
to the minimum levels required to ensure safe and reliable 
operation of the assets, reduction in dividend payments, and 
a reduction in production, leading to inventory consumption 
to service customer demand. These mitigating actions were 
consistent with the steps taken by the Group during the last 
economic downturn in 2008-2010.

The Group’s diverse customer, supplier, geographical and 
market base provides further resilience to adverse market 
conditions.

Based on this assessment, including the results of the enhanced 
stress testing and associated mitigating actions, and on the 
assumption that the RCF is refinanced before its expiry, the 
Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period to November 2022.

In making the assessment, the Directors have taken account 
of the remaining term of the Group’s Revolving Credit Facility 
(‘RCF’ or ‘facility’), which is due to expire in July 2019. 
Underpinning this assessment is the assumption that this RCF 
is successfully refinanced on terms similar to the current facility 
– an assumption that the Directors view as reasonable having 
sought advice from the Group’s advisors. 

Whilst each principal risk has a potential impact, enhanced 
stress testing was performed on two severe but plausible 
scenarios:

 ■ a prolonged economic downturn resulting in a 15% reduction 
in Group revenues in year 1 (with a 25% reduction in the first 
six months) followed by a modest 5% annual growth rate 
thereafter; and

 ■ a loss of premium pricing position of a significant part of the 

Group’s product portfolio.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  41

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Risk

Risk change

Mitigating strategy

Strategic pillars

GLOBAL ACTIVITY
The Group may be adversely affected by 
global economic conditions, particularly 
in its principal markets in mainland Europe 
and North America. 

The volatility of international markets could 
result in reduced levels of demand for the 
Group’s products, a greater risk of customers 
defaulting on payment terms, supply chain 
risk and a higher risk of inventory 
obsolescence. 

Changes in international trade regulations or 
tariffs, including the impact of Brexit, could 
potentially disrupt the Group’s supply 
chains.

ORGANIC GROWTH/
COMPETITION
The markets in which the Group operates 
are competitive with respect to price, 
geographic distinction, functionality, brand 
recognition and marketing and customer 
service.

CYBER SECURITY
Disruption to or penetration of our 
information technology platforms could have 
a significant adverse effect on the Group.

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

Business Unit management monitors their own markets and 
are empowered to respond quickly to changing conditions. 
Production costs may be quickly flexed to balance production 
with demand, including the use of short-time working 
arrangements where available. Further actions, such as 
reducing the Group’s cost base and cancelling or delaying 
capital investment plans, are available to allow continued 
profitability and cash generation in the face of a sustained 
reduction in volumes.

The Group also has a broad base of customers. Group policies 
endeavour to ensure that customers are given an appropriate 
level of credit based on their trading history and financial status, 
and a prudent approach is adopted towards credit control. 
Credit insurance is used where available and considered 
appropriate.

Procurement managers endeavour to mitigate supply chain risk 
by identifying and qualifying alternative sources of key raw 
materials.

Potential changes to international trade regulations are 
monitored in order to try and anticipate and mitigate their 
impact.

The Group has chosen to operate in attractive niche markets 
within the technical textile industry, using some proprietary 
technology to manufacture products which are important 
determinants of the performance and/or efficiency of our 
customers’ final products or processes.

Significant resources are dedicated to developing and 
maintaining strong relationships with our customers, and to 
developing new and innovative products which meet their 
precise needs.

Innovation pipelines are Global Business Unit-led and managed 
through a stage-gate process.

The Group’s information technology resources are continuously 
monitored and maintained, and safeguards are in place to 
provide security for our networks and data. These are backed 
up by training programmes for relevant members of staff.

Business continuity measures are in place to minimise 
the impact of any disruption to our operations.

42  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Impact on strategy

Operational excellence

Commercial execution

Technology differentiation

Invest in sustainable growth

Risk key

Increase

Decrease

No change

Risk

Risk change

Mitigating strategy

Strategic pillars

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

GROWTH STRATEGY
The Board believes that growth, both 
organic and through acquisitions, is a 
fundamental part of its strategy for the 
Group. The Board reviews such growth 
opportunities on an ongoing basis and its 
acquisition strategy is based on appropriate 
acquisition targets being available and on 
acquired companies being integrated 
rapidly and successfully into the Group.

L BUSINESS CONTINUITY

A
N
O
I
T
A
R
E
P
O

The occurrence of major operational 
problems could have a material adverse 
effect on the Group. These could include 
risks of fire or major environmental damage 
such as hurricanes.

L EMPLOYEE

A
N
O
I
T
A
R
E
P
O

L
A
N
O
I
T
A
R
E
P
O

The Group is reliant on its ability to attract, 
develop and retain talented leaders, 
professionals and specialists throughout 
the organisation.

RAW MATERIAL PRICING
The Group’s profitability can be affected by 
the purchase price of its key raw materials 
and its ability to reflect any changes through 
its selling prices. The Group’s main raw 
materials are polypropylene, polyester, 
nylon, polyethylene and PVC. The prices 
of these raw materials are volatile and they 
are influenced ultimately by oil prices and 
the balance of supply and demand for 
each polymer.

The current focus of the Group is on profitable, cash-generative 
organic growth supplemented by acquisitions where appropriate. 
Enhanced market segmentation combined with innovation is 
supporting our organic growth ambition.

Acquisitions are based on clearly defined criteria, in existing or 
adjacent segments whose products and technologies are well 
understood, and only after extensive pre-acquisition due 
diligence. Acquisition proposals are supported by a detailed 
post-acquisition integration plan that is managed through to 
completion.

The Group has process controls and proactive maintenance 
programmes designed to avoid problems arising. These are 
supported by regular site audits. Crisis response procedures 
including business continuity/disaster recovery plans are in 
place to minimise the impact of any disruption to our operations. 
Where appropriate, financial risk impact is covered by 
insurance programmes.

Employees are recruited and regularly appraised utilising a 
structured performance management system. This is directly 
linked to both rewards and developmental outcomes. HR 
policies are in place covering aspects of employment across 
the Group. We are committed to effective communication 
and engagement with employees, which takes place on a 
continuous basis. 

The Group has a good level of expertise in polymer purchasing 
and uses a number of suppliers to ensure a balance between 
competitive pricing and continuity of supply.

The Group’s focus on operating efficiencies and the strength 
of its product propositions enables some of the effect of raw 
material cost fluctuations to be successfully managed.

Innovation, technology differentiation and customer focus will 
partially offset increased price competition in certain markets. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  43

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Risk change

Mitigating strategy

Strategic pillars

TREASURY
Foreign exchange is the most significant 
treasury risk for the Group.

The reported value of profits earned by 
the Group’s overseas entities is sensitive to 
the strength of Sterling, particularly against 
the Euro and the US Dollar. The Group is 
exposed to a lesser extent to other treasury 
risks such as interest rate risk and 
counterparty credit risk.

FUNDING
The Group, like many other companies, 
is dependent on its ability to both service 
its existing debts, and to access sufficient 
funding to refinance its liabilities when they 
fall due and to provide sufficient capital to 
finance its growth strategy.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS
The Group’s operations are subject to 
a wide range of laws and regulations, 
including tax, employment, environmental 
and health and safety legislation, along 
with product liability and contractual terms.

Non-compliance with these laws and 
regulations could result in compromising 
our ability to conduct business in certain 
jurisdictions and exposing the Group to 
potential reputational damage and financial 
penalties.

HEALTH AND SAFETY
The nature of the Group’s operations 
presents risks to the health and safety 
of employees, contractors and visitors. 
Furthermore, inadequate health and safety 
practices could lead to business disruption, 
financial penalties or loss of reputation.

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

E
C
N
A
I
L
P
M
O
C

E
C
N
A
I
L
P
M
O
C

44  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Group policy aims to naturally hedge transactional foreign 
exchange risks by buying and selling in the same currency. 
Policy in relation to residual risk ensures treasury activities 
are focused on the management of risk with high-quality 
counterparties; no speculative transactions are undertaken.

The Group uses selective financial instruments to manage 
the exposures that may arise from its business operations 
as a result of movements in financial markets.

The Group manages its capital to safeguard its ability to 
continue as a going concern, to provide sufficient liquidity 
to support its operations and the Board’s strategic plans 
and to optimise its capital structure. The Group’s borrowing 
requirements are regularly reforecast with the objective to 
ensure adequate funding is in place to support its operations 
and growth plans. Compliance with the covenants associated 
with these facilities is closely monitored.

The Group’s policy manuals endeavour to ensure that all 
applicable legal and regulatory requirements are met or 
exceeded in all territories in which it operates, and ongoing 
programmes and systems monitor compliance and provide 
training for relevant employees.

The Code of Conduct is disseminated throughout the Group 
and compliance is being reviewed on a regular basis and a 
legal team is in place to manage any compliance issues.

Product liability risks are managed through stringent quality 
control procedures covering review of goods on receipt and 
prior to dispatch, and all manufacturing processes. Insurance 
cover, judged appropriate for the nature of the Group’s 
business and its size, is maintained. The Group also seeks 
to minimise risks through its terms and conditions of trading.

The Group’s health and safety strategy aims to embed a strong 
and proactive health and safety culture across all aspects 
of our business. Health and safety matters are discussed by 
the Board of Directors and at Global Business Unit meetings. 
The Group Health and Safety Committee meets regularly to 
develop and implement Group health and safety standards 
and global improvement programmes, investigate incidents 
and near misses, and share best practice through site audits 
and training programmes. Performance is monitored against 
Group-wide health and safety KPIs.

Corporate 
Governance

Chairman’s governance statement 
Board of Directors 
Leadership 
Effectiveness 
  Nomination Committee report 
Accountability 
  Audit Committee report 
Relations with shareholders 
Remuneration 
  Remuneration Committee Report 
  Annual report on remuneration 
  Directors’ remuneration policy 
Other disclosures 

46
48
50
52
54

56
60

61
63
72
76

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  45

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONChairman’s governance statement

Board highlights of the year
The Board held its annual strategy meeting in November 2017. 
During the year several aspects of the strategy were explored 
in further detail though strategy ‘deep dives’.

In the year the Board visited manufacturing sites in Changzhou, 
China and Ivanka, Slovakia. From these visits the Board gained 
a better insight into our Chinese and Slovakian businesses and 
the environments in which they operate. It is my current intention 
to recommend that the Board visit two further sites in 2018.

Culture and governance
We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate 
governance and to applying the principles of good governance as 
set out in the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) 
published by the Financial Reporting Council. 

I am pleased to confirm compliance throughout the year with 
the Code except in respect of provision D.2.2 which requires that 
the Remuneration Committee has responsibility for setting the 
remuneration of the Chairman. At Low & Bonar, the remuneration 
of the Chairman is determined by the Board based on the 
recommendation of the Remuneration Committee. I feel this aids 
transparency as it enables the views of the Executive Directors 
to be taken into account in determining my remuneration.

The success of our business is dependent on the Board taking 
decisions for the benefit of its members as a whole and in doing 
so having regard for all its stakeholders: its employees, its 
suppliers, customers and the wider community and environment. 

“ The Board remains 

committed to ensuring 
high standards of corporate 
governance in all aspects of 
the delivery of our strategy.

2017 GOVERNANCE OVERVIEW

 ■  Six Director changes including the appointment of 

an Interim Group Chief Executive in December 2017.

 ■ Annual strategy meeting in November 2017.

 ■ Board visits to Changzhou, China and Ivanka, Slovakia 

in May and September 2017.

 ■  Decided on an external Board and committee evaluation 

for 2017/18.

46  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Audit Committee

A

Nomination Committee

N

Remuneration Committee

R

Integrity of financial reporting and 
audit process; maintenance of 
internal control and risk systems.

Board composition; succession; 
Director and senior executive 
appointments.

Executive Directors’ remuneration 
policy; oversight of senior  
executive remuneration.

Read more on p56

Read more on p54

Read more on p61

Board changes
In 2017 there were six Director changes. In March it was 
announced that Mike Holt, Chief Financial Officer, would step 
down from the Board when his successor was appointed. 
Subsequently, in April, it was announced that Philip de Klerk 
would join the Company from Flybe Group PLC as Group Chief 
Financial Officer in October 2017.

At the 2017 AGM in April John Sheldrick, Non-Executive Director 
and Chairman of the Audit Committee, retired from the Board after 
serving for six years and Mike Powell was appointed Audit 
Committee Chairman. In July it was further announced that Steve 
Hannam, Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, would retire 
from the Board at the end of August 2017 after 15 years’ service. 

On 19 December 2017 Brett Simpson resigned from the Board 
and as Group Chief Executive. As announced Brett Simpson will 
remain an employee until 30 April 2018. The Board subsequently 
appointed Trudy Schoolenberg, previously a Non-Executive 
Director of the Company, as Interim Group Chief Executive with 
effect from 19 December 2017.

As noted in my Chairman’s statement Philip de Klerk will become 
Group Chief Executive on 1 March 2018 and Peter Bertram will 
join the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 February 2018. 
For further details see page 5.

Listening to our shareholders
Effective communication with our shareholders is fundamental to 
our success. We seek to communicate our strategy and activities 
clearly to all our shareholders and welcome active engagement to 
answer their questions and receive their feedback. Further details 
of our approach to shareholder engagement can be found on 
page 60.

Objectives for the year ahead
The Board remains committed to ensuring high standards of 
corporate governance across the Group in all aspects of the 
delivery of our strategy. 

Martin Flower
Non-Executive Chairman

2 February 2018

ALIGNMENT WITH THE  
UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE 2016

Leadership 
The Board has clear divisions of responsibility and is 
collectively responsible for the long-term success of 
Low & Bonar PLC.

Read more on p50

Effectiveness 
We evaluate the balance of experience, skills, knowledge 
and independence of the Board to ensure we are effective.

Read more on p52

Accountability 
We present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment 
of Low & Bonar’s position and prospects. Our decisions are 
discussed within the context of the risks involved. 

Read more on p56

Relations with shareholders 
Strong relationships with our shareholders are crucial for 
the successful execution of our strategy. 

Read more on p60

Remuneration 
Director remuneration is set to promote the long-term 
success of Low & Bonar PLC. 

Read more on p61

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  47

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors

From left to right: Mike Powell | Philip de Klerk | Trudy Schoolenberg | Martin Flower | Kevin Matthews

48  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Our Board’s focus is on strategy, development, risk and 
corporate governance. Its members have a wide range of skills, 
experience and expertise enabling them to enhance our  
business and grow shareholder value.

Martin Flower  N   R  
Chairman 
Appointed to the Board: January 2007 and appointed Chairman 
June 2010. 

Experience: Previously Chief Executive of Coats plc, a company in 
which he spent his entire executive career having joined in 1968. 
Former Chairman of Croda International Plc, Deputy Chairman of 
Severn Trent Plc, Chairman of Alpha Group plc and a non-executive 
director of Morgan Advanced Materials plc.

External appointments: None.

Trudy Schoolenberg  N  1
Interim Group Chief Executive
Appointed to the Board: May 2013 (as Non-Executive Director). 
Appointed Interim CEO on 19 December 2017.

Experience: Previously Director of Integrated Supply Chain and RD&I 
for AKZO Nobel’s Paints Division, former Vice-president of Global 
Research and Development at Wärtsilä Oy. Prior to that she worked 
for 21 years for Royal Dutch Shell plc.

External appointments: Non-Executive Director of Spirax-Sarco 
Engineering plc.

Philip de Klerk 
Group Chief Financial Officer
Appointed to the Board: October 2017.

Experience: Previously CFO of Flybe from 2014 to 2017. Has held a 
number of other senior financial positions including Global Head of 
Financial Planning and Analysis and Finance Director of the Business 
Capabilities Programme and Global Finance Business Partner for 
Technical, Marketing and IT at SABMiller; and CFO of INEOS Olefins 
& Polymers Europe. Philip spent 16 years at Unilever in a range 
of finance roles, working in a number of countries including the 
Netherlands and Switzerland. Philip has Masters degrees in 
Business Economics (Rotterdam) and Law (Heerlen).

External appointments: None.

Kevin Matthews  A   N   R  
Non-Executive Director
Appointed to the Board: April 2015. 

Experience: Former Chief Executive Officer of Isogenica Limited 
and Non-Executive Director of Elementis plc. 

External appointments: Chief Executive Officer of Itaconix plc.

Mike Powell  A   N   R  
Non-Executive Director
Appointed to the Board: December 2016. 

Experience: Currently Group Chief Financial Officer of Ferguson plc. 
and former Group Finance Director of BBA Aviation plc, Chief Financial 
Officer of AZ Electronic Materials plc and Group Finance Director 
of Nippon Sheet Glass Co. Limited, having previously worked for 
15 years in a variety of senior finance roles for Pilkington plc.

External appointments: Group Chief Financial Officer of Ferguson plc.

Post year end changes
With effect from 1 February 2018 Peter Bertram joined the Board 
as a Non-Executive Director and on 1 March 2018 Philip de Klerk 
will become Group Chief Executive.

Key to Committees  A  Audit 

N  Nomination 

R  Remuneration 

 Committee Chair

1   Trudy Schoolenberg was also a member of the Audit and Remuneration Committees until her appointment as Interim Group Chief Executive on 19 December 2017. 

She will return to her role as Non-Executive Director at the end of April 2018.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  49

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
Leadership

BOARD LEADERSHIP

I

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D
F
O
D
R
A
O
B
E
H
T

Chairman
Leads the Board, 
sets the agenda and 
promotes a culture of 
open debate between 
Executive and Non-
Executive Directors

Senior 
Independent Director
Provides a sounding 
board for the Chairman 
and appraises his 
performance

Non-Executive  
Directors
Contribute to developing 
our strategy

Group Chief  
Executive 
Leads the business, 
implements strategy 
and chairs the Executive 
Leadership Team 
meetings

Group Chief  
Financial Officer
Responsible for 
the preparation 
and integrity of our 
financial reporting

Regularly meets with the 
Group Chief Executive 
and other senior leaders 
to stay informed

Acts as an intermediary 
for other Directors if 
needed

Scrutinise and 
constructively challenge 
the performance of 
management in 
the execution of 
our strategy

Ensures effective 
communication with 
shareholders

Available to respond to 
shareholder concerns 
when contact through 
the normal channels is 
inappropriate

Role

Number of scheduled 
meetings in 2017

Chairmen

Committees
Audit
Integrity of financial reporting and 
audit process; maintenance of 
internal control and risk systems.
3
(2016: 3)
Mike Powell
Non-Executive Director

Experience
Current financial knowledge as 
Group Chief Financial Officer of 
Ferguson plc and previous finance 
director roles.

Nomination
Board composition; succession; 
Director and senior executive 
appointments.
2
(2016: 2)
Martin Flower
Non-Executive Chairman

Remuneration
Executive Directors’ 
remuneration policy; oversight 
of senior executive remuneration.
3
(2016: 3)
Kevin Matthews
Non-Executive Director

Experience
Over 20 years’ experience in 
non-executive director and 
Chairman roles in various plcs.

Experience
Experience of non-executive 
and Chief Executive Officer 
roles in various plcs.

50  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
GOVERNANCE IN ACTION

Board meeting in China
In May 2017 the Board went to Changzhou, China which gave 
the Directors the opportunity to visit our Chinese manufacturing 
site and meet our Chinese management team. The visit provided 
the Directors with a better insight into our Chinese business and 
the environment in which it operates.

The role of the Board
To provide entrepreneurial leadership of the Group and be 
responsible for its long-term success. To set the Group’s values 
and standards and ensure its obligations to shareholders and 
others are understood and met.

Committees
To assist the Board in discharging its responsibilities it has 
established three Committees with delegated authority, as set 
out on the previous page. Reports from each of the Committees 
can be found on pages 54 to 59 and 61 to 71.

To create value for shareholders, to set the Group’s strategic 
objectives, to ensure that the necessary financial and human 
resources are made available to enable it to meet those objectives 
and to review executive management performance; all within a 
framework of prudent and effective controls which enable risk 
to be assessed and managed. 

The Board has also established a Market Disclosure 
Committee and Risk Oversight Committee the operation 
of which are described in more detail on pages 38 to 40. 

In April 2017 Mike Powell succeeded John Sheldrick as 
Chairman of the Audit Committee following Mr Sheldrick’s 
retirement. 

Matters reserved for the Board
The Board maintains a schedule of matters reserved for its 
approval on a range of key issues. This schedule is available on 
the Company’s website (investors.lowandbonar.com/
corporate-governance) and is regularly reviewed and updated.

Board meetings
The Board held seven scheduled meetings and seven ad hoc 
meetings during the year, with full Director attendance at all 
meetings. For further information see page 53. 

From time to time members of the Executive Leadership Team 
attend Board meetings to present on the strategy for and 
performance of their Global Business Unit (GBU) or function. 
Additionally, the Board meets in separate sessions to consider 
and approve the strategy for the Group so that adequate time 
can be given to this vital aspect of its role away from the normal 
business of routine Board meetings.

2017 BOARD ACTIVITIES 

Leadership
Presentations from the Executive 
Leadership Team on the following topics:
-  Individual GBU strategies
-  Working capital
-  Implementation of ERP/IT 
-  Sales and marketing
-  Human resources
-  Digital strategy

Focus and  
growth
M&A agenda 
including 
acquisition 
of Walflor 
Industries Inc. 
and sale of our 
Lokeren site

People and  
culture
HR update on 
talent 
management, 
succession 
planning, 
leadership and 
culture

Strategy and 
performance
Group Chief 
Executives’ 
reports on 
performance 
of operations

Visit to manufacturing sites in China and 
Slovakia to gain an insight into these 
businesses and the environments in 
which they operate

2016/17 budget 
and long-range 
plan

FTSE sector 
reclassification

At every Board 
meeting 
received the 
health and 
safety report

Governance
Full-year 
preliminary results, 
half-year results, 
Annual Report, 
notice of AGM and 
final and interim 
dividend 
recommendation

Matters reserved 
for the Board and 
Committee terms 
of reference 

Risk and 
regulatory
Assessment of 
internal control 
systems 

Reviewed the 
Group risk 
register 
including cyber 
security

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  51

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONEffectiveness  

Independence of Directors
The Board reviews the independence of its Non-Executive 
Directors annually as part of its Board evaluation. Only the 
Non-Executive Chairman has a tenure of more than six years 
on the Board. The Board considers that all the Non-Executive 
Directors bring strong independent oversight and continue to 
demonstrate independence. Biographical details for each of 
the Directors are set out on page 49.

In April and August 2017 John Sheldrick and Steve Hannam 
retired from the Board after tenures of six and 15 years 
respectively.

The Non-Executive Directors meet at least twice a year without 
the Executive Directors present.

Board evaluation, induction and training
Board effectiveness review
The Board recognises that it continually needs to monitor and 
improve its performance. This is achieved through an annual 
performance evaluation, full induction of new Board members 
and ongoing Board development activities.

Alongside the annual evaluation each Director receives an 
appraisal. Appraisals are conducted by the Chairman for the 
Group Chief Executive and by the Senior Independent Director 
(following discussions with the other Non-Executive directors) 
for the Chairman. Following this formal evaluation, it is 
confirmed that the performance of each of the Directors 
continues to be effective and each continues to demonstrate 
commitment to the role.

This year’s Board effectiveness review
As the Company is not currently a constituent of the FTSE350 an external Board evaluation is not required. The Board annually 
completes internal evaluations in line with best practice. However, in 2017, due to the changes in the Board in 2017 it was agreed 
that the evaluation would be deferred to 2018 and an externally facilitated evaluation would be conducted instead. In March 2018 
the Board will undertake its external evaluation with the assistance of Clare Chalmers, a London-based advisor, who has no other 
connection with the Company. 

Our internal Board effectiveness process:

Stage 1:
Comprehensive questionnaire 

Each Director completes a 
confidential questionnaire, 
designed by the Company 
Secretary, covering each 
area of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. Each 
Board Committee undertakes 
a specific self-assessment 
questionnaire

Stage 2:
Results collated,  
reported and evaluated
A report is compiled by the 
Company Secretary on the basis of 
the information and views supplied 
by the Directors, with all points 
unattributed

Stage 3:
Discussion with the 
Chairmen and Board
Draft conclusions are discussed 
with each of the Board and 
Committee Chairmen. 
Committee conclusions are 
then discussed with the Board. 
Conclusions of each discussion 
are recorded in the minutes of 
the meeting

Stage 4:
Action plan agreed

The Board subsequently agrees 
the action plan

52  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

BOARD ACTION PLAN FROM THE 2016 BOARD 
EFFECTIVENESS REVIEW

The conclusions of the 2016 review were positive and 
confirmed that the Board and its Committees operate 
effectively, and that each Director contributes to the overall 
effectiveness and success of the Group.

Set out below are the Board recommendations following 
the effectiveness review together with details of action 
taken:

Board papers
Recommendations were made on improving the timeliness 
of Board paper distribution and the content of the Group 
Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer and Health 
and Safety reports. These recommendations were 
addressed with the introduction of electronic Board papers 
and a review of the Group Chief Executive, Group Chief 
Financial Officer and Health and Safety reports.

Meetings
Recommendations were made on scheduling Board and 
Committee meeting dates two years ahead and ensuring 
Non-Executive Director only meetings were included in this 
schedule. These recommendations were addressed by 
scheduling in advance the 2018 and 2019 meetings and 
introducing a Board and Committee rolling agenda which 
included details of the Non-Executive Director only meetings.

BOARD ATTENDANCE

Board member
Martin Flower, Chairman
Trudy Schoolenberg
Philip de Klerk
Kevin Matthews
Mike Powell

Meetings 
attended
7/7 (100%)
7/7 (100%)
2/2 (100%)
7/7 (100%)
7/7 (100%)

Board development 
The Chairman is responsible for ensuring that all Non-
Executive Directors receive ongoing training and development 
and alongside this our Non-Executive Directors are conscious 
of the need to remain informed on current issues. 

At each Board meeting the Company Secretary provides an 
update on current legal and governance matters. 

The Directors have access to the Company Secretary and can, 
at the Company’s expense, seek independent professional 
advice where they judge it necessary to discharge their 
responsibilities. No such independent advice was sought 
in the 2017 financial year.

The Company Secretary also:

 ■ assists the Chairman in organising induction and training 
programmes and ensuring all the Directors have full and 
timely access to all relevant information;

 ■ ensures that the correct Board procedures are followed; 

and

 ■ advises the Board on corporate governance matters.

The removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for the 
Board as a whole. 

In 2017 Stuart Haydon resigned as Company Secretary and 
was succeeded by Jeremy Rhodes as Interim Company 
Secretary. In June 2017 Erika Percival was appointed 
Company Secretary.

Board induction
All Directors, on joining the Board, receive a tailored induction 
covering their duties and responsibilities as Directors. On 
joining Philip de Klerk, Group Chief Financial Officer, received a 
comprehensive induction on his duties and Board procedures. 
Philip de Klerk met with the Chief Executive Officer, Interim 
Group Chief Financial Officer, Executive Leadership Team 
and other senior management and spent time visiting Group 
manufacturing sites. 

On joining Non-Executive Directors receive a full briefing 
document on all areas of the Group’s business and may 
request further information as they consider necessary. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  53

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONEffectiveness
Nomination Committee report

Key duties and role of the Committee 
Key objectives and summary of responsibilities
The Nomination Committee is responsible for regularly reviewing 
the structure, size and composition of the Board, advising on 
succession planning and making appropriate recommendations 
to ensure the Board retains an appropriate mix of skills, experience, 
knowledge and backgrounds. The Committee is also responsible 
for reviewing the Group’s senior executive needs. 

The Committee’s role and responsibilities are set out in its Terms 
of Reference (ToR), which are reviewed annually and approved by 
the Board. In October 2017 updated ToR were adopted and are 
available to view on our website at investors.lowandbonar.com/
corporate-governance.

Membership and meetings
All members have the experience and expertise necessary to 
discharge the Committee’s responsibilities and all but the Group 
Chief Executive and myself are independent Non-Executive 
Directors. When the Committee considers matters relating to 
my position the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director acts 
as Chairman of the Committee.

Reporting to the Board
The Committee makes recommendations to the Board for all 
Director appointments and the Board is updated on matters 
discussed at meetings update from myself at the subsequent 
Board meeting.

Effectiveness of the Committee
The effectiveness of the Committee is monitored and assessed 
regularly by myself as Chairman, and will also be reviewed as part 
of an in-depth external evaluation process conducted by Clare 
Chalmers of Clare Chalmers Limited in early 2018 (see page 52).

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP AND ATTENDANCE

Member
Martin Flower, Committee Chairman
Kevin Matthews
Mike Powell
Trudy Schoolenberg

Meetings 
attended
2/2 (100%)
2/2 (100%)
2/2 (100%)
2/2 (100%)

54  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Diversity
The Company recognises that diversity in its broadest sense 
is important to the Group’s long-term success, and while all 
appointments to the Board are based on merit, experience 
and performance, the Board and Committees are mindful 
of the benefits of diversity of its management when 
recommending appointments to the Board.

Development and succession planning
The Committee is responsible for the succession planning 
for both the Board and senior executives across the Group. 
At each Committee meeting the Group Chief Executive gives 
an update on the Executive Leadership Team and other senior 
executives.

The Board receive legal and regulatory updates from the 
Company Secretary at each Board meeting and annually the 
Committee reviews the training and development needs of 
each Director. The Directors also attend seminars and briefings 
organised by our advisers.

The Committee is satisfied that it has in place appropriate 
development and succession plans to ensure that the Company 
continues to have a strong leadership pipeline and that the 
Board has the appropriate mix of skills, experience, knowledge 
and backgrounds.

Martin Flower
Chairman, Nomination Committee

2 February 2018

Focus areas and activities 
Board and Committee composition and appointments
To ensure the Board has an appropriate mix of skills, experience, 
knowledge and backgrounds, the Committee keeps under review 
the tenure and qualifications of the Non-Executive Directors and 
the composition of the Board. In the year the Committee reviewed 
Non-Executive Director time commitment and concluded that 
sufficient time was being made available to the Company by 
the Non-Executive Directors to discharge their responsibilities 
effectively.

As noted in last year’s Committee Report, John Sheldrick and 
Steve Hannam stepped down from the Board on 12 April 2017 
and 31 August 2017 respectively, and Mike Powell, appointed 
on December 2016, succeeded John Sheldrick as Audit 
Committee Chairman in April 2017. On 7 July 2017 Trudy 
Schoolenberg succeeded Steve Hannam as Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director. The Committee considered succession 
planning in respect of Steve Hannam and concluded that at this 
time the current composition and skills of the Board were 
appropriate, and no further appointments were necessary.

There were also Executive Director changes in the year. In March 
it was announced that Mike Holt, Chief Financial Officer, would 
step down from the Board when his successor would be appointed. 
Subsequently, in April, it was announced that Philip de Klerk would 
join the Company from Flybe Group PLC as Chief Financial Officer 
in October 2017.

On 19 December 2017 Brett Simpson resigned from the Board 
and his position as Group Chief Executive Officer. As announced 
Trudy Schoolenberg, a former Non-Executive Director, was 
appointed Interim Group Chief Executive with immediate effect.

As noted in my Chairman’s statement Philip de Klerk will become 
Group Chief Executive on 1 March 2018 and Peter Bertram will 
join the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 February 2018. 
For further details see page 5. The Nomination Committee will 
consider the replacement for Philip as Group Chief Financial 
Officer during 2018. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  55

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONAccountability
Audit Committee report

Key duties and role of the Committee 
Key objectives and summary of responsibilities
It is my pleasure to present my first report as Chairman of the 
Audit Committee (the ‘Committee’). This report aims to provide a 
description of the role and responsibilities of the Committee, and 
how it performed these over the year. I will also be present at the 
Annual General Meeting to respond to any questions shareholders 
may raise on this report or the Committee’s activities.

Role and composition of the Committee 
Summary of the Committee’s role
The Committee is appointed by the Board, and its primary 
function is to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight 
responsibilities in monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial 
reporting, overseeing and reviewing the Group’s internal control 
and risk management processes, monitoring the effectiveness 
of internal audit, and overseeing the relationship with the Group’s 
external auditors.

The Committee works closely with the Group Chief Financial 
Officer, and was delighted with the appointment of Philip de Klerk, 
with his relevant financial and business skills, in October 2017, and 
looks forward to assisting his transition to Group Chief Executive 
in March 2018 and with the induction of his successor.

Membership and meetings
Details of the members of the Committee as at 30 November 
2017 are set out on the left. During the year, John Sheldrick 
served on the Committee as Chairman until his retirement 
on 12 April 2017, and Steve Hannam was a member until his 
retirement on 31 August 2017.

Collectively the Committee members have a wide range of 
financial and commercial skills and experience to help them 
discharge their duties, and I meet the requirement of recent and 
relevant financial experience, holding the position of Group Chief 
Financial Officer of Ferguson PLC and having held senior financial 
positions in several other companies.

The Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial 
Officer and others as required attend at least part of Committee 
meetings by invitation. Representatives from the Company’s 
internal and external auditors also attend each meeting, and 
meet privately with myself, and with the Committee members 
collectively, on a regular basis.

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP AND ATTENDANCE

Member
Mike Powell, Committee Chairman
Kevin Matthews
Trudy Schoolenberg 1

Meetings 
attended
3/3 (100%)
3/3 (100%)
3/3 (100%)

1    Ceased to be a member of the Committee on 19 December 2017 

following her appointment as Interim Group Chief Executive.

56  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

The Committee meets at least three times a year, timed to 
coincide with key dates in the financial reporting and audit cycle, 
but as Chairman I may also call a meeting at the request of any 
member, the Company Secretary, or the Group’s internal or 
external auditor.

Effectiveness of the Committee
The effectiveness of the Committee is monitored and assessed 
regularly by myself as Chairman and will also be reviewed as part 
of an in-depth external evaluation process conducted by Clare 
Chalmers of Clare Chalmers Limited during 2018 (see page 52).

Key responsibilities
The Committee’s main duties are set out in its terms of reference 
and are available on the Company’s website:

Financial reporting
 ■ Monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial statements, 
including its annual and half-year results, trading statements 
and any other announcements containing financial information;

 ■ reviewing significant financial reporting issues and judgements 
and the application of key accounting policies and compliance 
with accounting standards;

 ■ reviewing the Annual Report to ensure it is fair, balanced and 
understandable and recommending its approval to the Board; 
and

 ■ reviewing the process undertaken to approve the Group 
viability statement and the going concern statement.

Internal control and risk management
 ■ Monitoring the effectiveness of the internal financial controls 

and processes;

 ■ monitoring compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code;

 ■ monitoring the processes in place to detect fraud and to 
enable employees to raise concerns in confidence; and

 ■ reviewing the processes by which risks are identified, 

managed and mitigated.

Internal audit
 ■ Reviewing and approving the internal audit work plan;

 ■ regularly reviewing reports arising from internal audits 
and monitoring the status of remedial actions; and

 ■ monitoring the structure, composition, resourcing 
and performance of the internal audit function.

External audit
 ■ Managing the relationship with the external auditor;

 ■ monitoring and reviewing the independence of the external 

auditor and formally evaluating their effectiveness;

 ■ agreeing the terms of engagement, the scope of the audit 

and the external auditor’s fee;

 ■ reviewing the policy on non-audit services provided by the 

external auditor; 

 ■ making recommendations to the Board for the appointment 

or reappointment of the external auditor; and

 ■ leading an audit tender process at least every ten years.

Viability and going concern statements
The Committee reviewed management’s work in assessing 
whether the Group had access to sufficient resources to 
continue as a going concern for the foreseeable future, and 
in conducting a robust assessment of those risks that would 
threaten the Group’s future performance or liquidity, including 
its resilience to the threats to viability posed by certain of those 
risks in severe but plausible scenarios. The outcome of these 
assessments is shown in the going concern statement on 
page 78 and the Group’s viability statement on page 41.

Internal audit
During the year the Committee reviewed the results of audits 
undertaken by internal audit and management responses, 
including the implementation of any recommendations made. 
Towards the end of the financial year, the Committee engaged 
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), with whom the Group has 
co-sourced its internal audit function since 2014, to perform 
a review of financial and tax controls and processes at the 
Group’s key accounting locations. The report from this review 
was presented to the Committee in January 2018 
and identified a number of areas where controls could be 
improved. Recommendations will be implemented over 2018. 
The Committee performed an annual assessment of PwC’s 
effectiveness over the year, which found their work to be 
satisfactory, and approved the 2018 internal audit programme.

External auditor – appointment of KPMG and audit tender
The performance and effectiveness of the external auditor, 
KPMG LLP, was formally reviewed by the Committee, taking 
into account the views expressed by Executive Directors and 
senior management through an internal survey as well as their 
independence, objectivity, productivity, resourcing and the 
quality of their audit strategy and plan. The Committee 
concluded that their performance remained satisfactory.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  57

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONAccountability
Audit Committee report continued

Matters considered during the year
Financial 
reporting 
continued

 ■ reviewed reports on the irregularities in 

relation to customs duty at a former sales 
office, together with managements’ plans to 
resolve it, and the controls in place to prevent 
a recurrence;

Internal 
control 
and risk 
management

 ■ received reports from the external auditor on 
their audit of the 2017 financial statements; and

 ■ reviewed the process and stress testing 

undertaken to support the Group’s going 
concern and viability statements.
 ■ Reviewed an annual report on the 

effectiveness of the Group’s internal control 
processes;

 ■ reviewed reports from the Risk Oversight 

Committee on the key risks facing the Group 
and the processes in place to avoid or 
mitigate them;

 ■ received reports from the provider of the 

Group’s confidential whistleblowing service;

 ■ received reports on the implementation of 

the Group’s new enterprise resource planning 
(‘ERP’) system and the continued integrity of 
internal controls; and

 ■ assisted with the transition of responsibilities 
from the Group Chief Financial Officer in 
place at November 2016 to the Interim Chief 
Financial Officer, and the effective induction 
of Philip de Klerk as Group Chief Financial 
Officer from October 2017.

Internal audit

 ■ Reviewed the performance of internal audit 

External audit

and approved the 2017 work plan;

 ■ received internal audit reports and reviewed 

the implementation status of audit 
recommendations; and

 ■ reviewed a report from PwC on the controls 
at the Group’s key accounting locations.
 ■ Reviewed the auditor’s plan for the 2017 
audit, including areas of extended scope 
work, key risks and confirmations of auditor 
independence;

 ■ reviewed the performance of the external 

auditor; and

 ■ reviewed and approved the 2017 audit fee 
and reviewed non-audit fees payable to the 
external auditor in accordance with the 
Committee’s policy.

Accordingly the Committee has recommended to the Board 
that KPMG LLP should be reappointed as the Company’s 
external auditor for the forthcoming financial year.

The current overall tenure of KPMG dates from 1975, although 
a retender exercise was conducted in 2002 and a limited review 
was conducted in 2008. The tenure of the current lead partner, 
Anthony Hambleton, dates from 2015. The 2014 EU Audit 
Directive requires UK premium listed companies to put to 
retender their external audit every ten years and to rotate their 
auditors at least every 20 years. Transitional arrangements 
mean that the Company will be required to replace KPMG 
as its external auditor by 2020.

As reported last year, the Committee has recommended to the 
Board that the audit should be put out to tender during 2018. 
Given that the Company will need to have replaced KPMG LLP 
as external auditor by 2020, KPMG LLP will not be invited to 
retender. The Company’s choice of auditor is not limited by 
contractual or other obligations, but the appointed firm will need 
to have the scale and resources to deploy and execute an agreed 
audit plan across all of the Group’s international operations.

The Committee expects to conclude the retender process 
during 2018 and to make a recommendation to the Board 
in November 2018 for the 2019 audit, allowing time for the new 
auditor to shadow KPMG during their 2018 audit if required. 
This recommendation will be put before shareholders at the 
Annual General Meeting in February 2019.

Matters considered during the year
The Committee met three times during 2017, and has a rolling 
programme of agenda items to ensure that relevant matters are 
properly considered. The list below summarises the key items 
considered by the Committee during the year. The Board receives 
copies of the minutes of the Committee meetings and key issues 
covered are also reported to the subsequent Board meeting.
Financial 
reporting

 ■ Reviewed the Group’s 2017 Annual Report 

and financial statements and half-year results 
statement and associated announcements, 
and the trading statements issued in April 
and October 2017;

 ■ considered the key issues and judgements 

made in relation to the 2017 financial 
statements;

 ■ considered the accounting treatment of the 

disposals of the agro-textile business and the 
closure of the manufacturing site in Ivanka, 
Slovakia;

58  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Company response

Cash flow projections for each segmental grouping of CGUs were derived from the most recent 
budgets approved by the Board, which take into account current market conditions and the 
long-term average growth for each of the key markets served by the GBUs. A sensitivity analysis 
was performed for each GBU by varying key assumptions whilst holding the other variables 
constant. With the exception of Civil Engineering, the recoverable amounts of all GBUs show 
headroom compared to their carrying value when reasonably likely changes are made to key 
assumptions.

During the year, the Civil Engineering GBU experienced a rapid loss in margin in several of 
its key products, driven by increased competition from low-cost woven producers and global 
overcapacity compressing nonwoven product margins. This created a high degree of uncertainty 
over financial forecast assumptions, particularly around future pricing, margins and cash flows, 
and created a wide range of potential outcomes which the Committee considered when assessing 
management’s view of future CGU performance for impairment testing purposes at both May, 
when the interim report noted that an impairment was reasonably possible and at November 2017.

The Committee discussed the assumptions underlying the cash flow projections with both 
management and KPMG LLP, and also considered the appropriateness of the discount rates used. 
Following discussions on headroom and sensitivity, the Committee was satisfied with both the 
carrying value of Civil Engineering goodwill of £nil at 30 November 2017 and the impairment related 
disclosures provided in note 11 to the Group financial statements on pages 111 and 112.

The Committee considered the recoverability of the parent company’s investments in, and 
the amounts due from, subsidiaries. The assessment of recoverability was underpinned 
by the cash flow projection and value in use calculations used for goodwill impairment tests. 
Following the work in respect of goodwill impairment testing and discussions with KPMG, 
the Committee was satisfied as to the recoverability of the parent company’s investment 
in subsidiaries.

Area of judgement
Impairment of goodwill
The Group has £66.9m of goodwill allocated 
across its four segments (being the GBUs). 
Goodwill impairment is always an area of 
focus given the inherent subjectivity in 
impairment testing.

The most significant judgements are in 
setting the assumptions for the calculation 
of the value in use of the groups of cash 
generating units (‘CGUs’), in particular the 
achievability of long-term financial forecasts 
and macroeconomic assumptions. Details of 
the assumptions used are provided in note 
11 to the Group financial statements on 
pages 111 and 112.

A goodwill impairment charge of £19.4m was 
recorded in the year to 30 November 2017 in 
respect of the goodwill and a further £7.5m 
in respect of other assets associated with 
the Civil Engineering CGU.
Recoverability of the parents company’s 
investments in subsidiaries and loans 
receivable
At 30 November 2017, the parent company 
has investments in subsidiaries totalling 
£181.3m and amounts due from subsidiaries 
totalling £218.7m.

Given the downturn in results from CE, 
the recoverability of these investments 
was considered.

The judgements made in assessing 
recoverability are similar to those made in 
testing goodwill for impairment (refer above).

Non-audit fees
The Committee has developed a policy on the supply of non-audit 
services by the external auditor to ensure their independence and 
objectivity, which prohibits certain activities from being undertaken 
by the external auditor and places pre-approved limits on audit 
related services, above which specific approval by the Committee 
is required. No non-audit services in the year to 30 November 
2017 were provided. Compliance with this policy will be required 
by both KPMG LLP and the new external auditor at the date of their 
appointment, so will be considered during the retender exercise.

Key objectives for next year
The Committee’s key objectives for next year are:

 ■ Assisting with the induction of the new Group Chief Financial 
Officer and improving the quality and depth of resources 
across the Finance team;

 ■ Leading the process to retender the Group’s external audit 

work;

 ■ Overseeing the implementation of internal control 

improvements, including recommendations from PwC’s 
financial and tax controls review received in January 2018; and

 ■ Monitoring the continued implementation of the Group’s 

ERP system.

Mike Powell
Chairman, Audit Committee

2 February 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  59

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRelations with shareholders

How we communicate with our shareholders
We maintain an active dialogue with our shareholders 
throughout the year through a planned programme of investor 
relations activities including roadshows in London, Scotland, 
Frankfurt and Paris and the Annual General Meeting. In 2017 
we also provided a tour of our site in Hungary to one of our 
major shareholders. 

The Directors meet with shareholders on request and we 
respond to shareholders’ day-to-day queries. Our registrar, 
Computershare have a team of people to answer shareholder 
queries in relation to technical aspects of their holdings 
such as dividend payments and shareholding balances. 
We publish our financial results presentations on our website 
at www.lowandbonar.com/investors.

Institutional investor meetings
We hold meetings with major institutional investors and 
financial analysts to discuss business performance and 
strategy. Institutional investor meetings are usually attended 
by the Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer 
together with other senior leaders as appropriate. Institutional 
investors also meet with the Non-Executive Chairman to 
discuss matters of governance.

Board investor updates
At each meeting the Board is presented with a shareholder 
register analysis for discussion as appropriate, and following 
financial results presentations shareholder feedback is 
considered. The Board also receives updates on institutional 
investor, shareholder and financial analyst meetings and 
correspondence that has taken place since the last meeting. 
Analyst reports and media coverage are also circulated to the 
Board upon receipt.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)
Our AGM is attended by the Board and all shareholders are 
invited to attend. At the AGM a summary presentation of our 
financial results is given by the Group Chief Executive before 
the Non-Executive Chairman deals with the formal business 
of the meeting. All shareholders present are invited to ask 
questions of the Board during the meeting.

The Board and representatives from the Company are available 
after the meeting to answer any additional questions 
shareholders may wish to ask in a more informal setting.

60  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Remuneration
Remuneration Committee report

Annual statement 
by the Chairman 
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
for the year ended 30 November 2017. 

Remuneration policy
Last year I summarised the outcome of the 2016 Remuneration 
Policy review and positive shareholder consultation process. 
Our Remuneration Policy was approved subsequently at the 
AGM in 2017, with over 99% of the votes cast in favour of it 
(this strong shareholder support also being reflected in over 
99% of the votes cast in favour of the advisory vote on the 
Annual Report on Remuneration). 

The Annual Report on Remuneration (set out on pages 63 to 
71), describes how the policy has been implemented in 2017. 
On pages 72 to 75 we have set out those aspects of the policy 
that we consider shareholders will find most useful. The full 
policy as approved at, and effective from, the Annual General 
Meeting on 12 April 2017, is set out on pages 53 to 60 of the 
Company’s 2016 Annual Report and Accounts which is 
available on the Company’s website at investors.lowandbonar.
com/reports-and-presentations/yr-2016.

2017 overview
As reported last year, the Executive Directors’ salaries were 
increased by 2.5% with effect from 1 December 2016, consistent 
with the average UK salary increases within the Group. 

Underlying profit before tax (PBTA) and return on capital 
employed (ROCE) targets for 2017 were not achieved and, 
therefore, no bonus is payable to the Executive Directors for 2017. 

For LTIP awards granted in 2014, the performance of the EPS 
and TSR components of the award were assessed in 2017. 
The threshold level of relative TSR and EPS were not achieved 
and no shares vested in respect of those awards.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  61

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP AND ATTENDANCE

Member
Kevin Matthews, Committee Chairman
Martin Flower
Mike Powell
Trudy Schoolenberg 1

Meetings 
attended
3/3 (100%)
3/3 (100%)
3/3 (100%)
3/3 (100%)

1   Ceased to be a member of the Committee on 19 December 2017 

following her appointment as Interim Group Chief Executive. 

IN THIS SECTION

Annual report on remuneration  

See page 63

Remuneration policy (for reference) 

See page 72

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRemuneration
Remuneration Committee report continued

LTIP awards granted in 2015 were subject to targets based 
on EPS, over the three-year period ended 30 November 2017, 
and relative TSR, over the three-year period ending 5 February 
2018. The threshold level of EPS growth was not achieved, 
and no shares will vest in respect of that portion of the awards. 
The vesting of the TSR portion of the award will be assessed 
following the end of the TSR performance period. 

Implementation of policy in 2018
Philip de Klerk’s bonus for 2018 will be dependent upon 
two metrics, with the maximum remaining at 100% of salary. 
70% of the bonus opportunity will be based on PBTA, with 
the balance to be based on a working capital reduction target 
which is closely aligned to the Group’s strategic aims to reduce 
net debt. 

Mike Holt stepped down from the Board on 16 May 2017, 
and Philip de Klerk joined the Board as Group Chief Financial 
Officer on 2 October 2017. In summary, Philip’s remuneration 
package is: 

Service 
agreement
Salary
Pension

Bonus
LTIP

12-month notice period in line with our policy

£310,000
15% of salary. Although the policy approved 
by shareholders in 2017 permits contributions 
at the level of up to 25% of salary, we have 
set a contribution level of 15% of salary for 
Philip, which is comparable with the level 
provided to other senior employees. 
Up to 100% of salary (no bonus for 2017)
Up to 125% of salary

Brett Simpson resigned from the Board on 19 December 2017, 
after the financial year-end, and Trudy Schoolenberg was 
appointed Interim Group Chief Executive with immediate effect. 
In summary Trudy Schoolenberg’s remuneration package is:

Service 
agreement

Salary
Pension
Bonus
LTIP

3-month fixed-term contract with a 2-week 
notice period which can be extended by 
mutual agreement
£30,000 per month
None
Up to £30,000

None

Further information in relation to Mike Holt’s leaving arrangements 
is given on page 65. For Brett Simpson this can be found on 
page 66. 

Trudy Schoolenberg’s bonus opportunity for 2018 will be a 
maximum of £30,000. Reflecting Trudy’s position of Interim 
Group Chief Executive, her bonus will be earned based on 
an assessment by the Committee of her performance in role 
over that whole period and the achievement of key deliverables 
set for that period. 

Philip de Klerk will receive an LTIP award in 2018 in line with 
the Remuneration Policy at the level of 125% of salary and 
linked to EPS and TSR targets; further information is set out 
on pages 64 and 65.

No salary increase will apply for Trudy Schoolenberg in 2018 
recognising the circumstances of her appointment. As 
announced on 31 January 2018 Philip de Klerk will become 
Group Chief Executive on 1 March 2018 and his salary will 
increase to £400,000. His benefits will remain unchanged. It 
was also announced that Peter Bertram would join the Board 
as a Non-Executive Director, with effect from 1 February 2018, 
on a base fee of £40,000.

The base fee for all Non-Executive Directors will be increased 
from £40,000 to £42,500, with implementation of the increase 
deferred to 1 June 2018. No increase has been made to 
the Chairman’s fee which will remain at £136,000 or to the 
supplementary fees for holding the office of chairing the Audit 
Committee or Remuneration Committee, which will remain 
at £7,000. It was agreed in the year that given the additional 
responsibilities for the role of Senior Independent Director a 
supplementary fee of £7,000 would also be paid for this role.

The Committee looks forward to your continuing support 
at the 2018 Annual General Meeting.

Kevin Matthews
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

2 February 2018

62  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Annual report on remuneration

The Annual Report on Remuneration sets out the implementation of the Remuneration Policy and discloses the amounts earned relating 
to the year ended 30 November 2017. The Annual Report on Remuneration will be put to an advisory shareholder vote at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting on 13 April 2018. Those items marked with an asterisk are audited information.

This part of the report has been prepared in accordance with The Large and Medium Sized Companies & Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008, as amended (the Regulations) and Rule 9.8.6R of the Listing Rules. 

Executive Directors: single figure remuneration table*
The table below shows the remuneration of the Executive Directors for the year ended 30 November 2017 and the comparative 
figures for the year ended 30 November 2016.

Brett Simpson ª
Philip de Klerk b
Mike Holt c
Total

Salary

Taxable benefits 1

Annual bonus 2

LTIP awards 3

Pension 4

Total

2017
£’000
379
52
132
563

2016
£’000
370
n/a
282
652

2017
£’000
42
9
32
83

2016
£’000
66
n/a
17
83

2017
£’000
0
0
n/a
0

2016
£’000
0
n/a
0
0

2017
£’000
–
n/a
–
–

2016
£’000
–
n/a
–
–

2017
£’000
95
8
33
136

2016
£’000
93
n/a
71
164

2017
£’000
516
69
197
782

2016
£’000
529
n/a
370
899

a   Brett Simpson resigned as a Director on 19 December 2017 and remains an employee until 30 April 2018. Details of payment made to him in connection with 

his leaving the business are set out on page 66.

b  Philip de Klerk joined the Company as Group Chief Financial Officer, replacing Mike Holt, with effect from 2 October 2017. The Group Chief Financial Officer 
role was unfilled for a period of five months during which time Simon Dray, Deputy Chief Financial Officer, managed the operational requirements as Interim 
Group Chief Financial Officer. As announced on 31 January 2018 Philip de Klerk will become Group Chief Executive on 1 March 2018 and his salary will 
increase to £400,000. His benefits will remain unchanged.

c  Mike Holt resigned as a Director on 16 May 2017 and remained an employee until 21 August 2017. In the table above, Mike Holt’s remuneration earned 

in the period to 16 May 2017 is included. Details of payments made to him in connection with his leaving the business are set out on page 65. 

1  Taxable benefits – Executive Directors receive a car allowance (excluding Brett Simpson), private health insurance, death-in-service cover and, where 

appropriate, travel and subsistence payments.

2  Annual bonus – The Executive Directors’ annual bonus opportunity for 2017 was based on underlying profit before tax (PBTA) at budgeted exchange rates (70%) 

and ROCE (30%, subject to threshold PBTA being achieved). The threshold levels were not achieved, and as a result no bonuses were earned. 

Target

% salary earned

2017 actual (at budgeted exchange rates)

Threshold

12.2%

10%

ROCE

Mid

12.8%

20%

 11.1% 

Upper

13.2%

30%

Threshold

£33.0m

20%

Group profit

Target

£34.5m

45%
 £29.3m 

Upper

£38.5m

70%

3  LTIP awards – The values included for the LTIP are the value of the shares vesting in respect of a performance period ending in the relevant year. 

2016: No LTIP awards vested in respect of a performance period ending in 2016. The performance period for the TSR portion of the awards granted in 2013 
ended, but no amounts vested as performance was below threshold. The performance period for the EPS portion of the LTIP awards granted in 2014 ended, 
but no amounts vested as performance was below threshold. 

2017: No LTIP awards vested in respect of a performance period ending in 2017. The performance period for the TSR portion of the awards granted in 2014 
ended, but no amounts vested as performance was below threshold. The performance period for the EPS portion of the LTIP awards granted in 2015 ended, 
but no amounts vested as performance was below threshold. The performance period for the TSR portion of the LTIP awards granted in 2015 ends in 2018 
and vesting will be assessed then and reported in the 2018 Directors’ Remuneration Report.

4  Pension – In addition to their salaries, the Executive Directors are entitled to a percentage of their basic salary to enable them to make retirement benefit 

arrangements and/or a contribution to a defined contribution pension plan. Payments made under this arrangement during the year were on the basis of: 
Brett Simpson 25% of salary; Mike Holt, 25% of salary; and Philip de Klerk, 15% of salary.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  63

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRemuneration
Annual report on remuneration continued

Executive Directors’ remuneration for 2018
1. Base salary
Brett Simpson’s salary has not been increased for 2018.

Philip de Klerk was appointed Group Chief Financial Officer, with 
effect from 2 October 2017. As announced on 31 January 2018 
Philip de Klerk will become Group Chief Executive on 1 March 
2018 and his salary will increase to £400,000; his salary will next 
be reviewed by the Committee in December 2018. 

Trudy Schoolenberg was appointed Interim Group Chief Executive 
with effect from 19 December 2017. As an interim on a fixed 
three-month contract her salary will not be reviewed. 

2. Annual bonus
The specific targets relating to the annual bonus for the year 
ending 30 November 2018 are considered to be commercially 
sensitive and will not therefore be disclosed in advance. They will 
be disclosed in next year’s Annual Remuneration Report, along 
with disclosure of performance against them and the payments 
resulting. However, an overview of the bonus structure that is 
intended to operate in the current financial year is set out below. 

Philip de Klerk will be eligible to receive a performance-related 
bonus of up to 100% of salary. The metrics and opportunities 
will be composed as follows, where the maximum bonus requires 
performance ahead of the Company’s targets.

Metric
Profit 1
Working capital 2

Bonus earned 
 for threshold 
performance 
(% of maximum)
20%
10%

Bonus earned 
for maximum 
performance 
(% of maximum)
70%
30%

Weighting
70%
30%

1  Underlying profit, at budgeted exchange rates on a constant basis 

throughout the year. 

2  Working capital reduction measured on a like-for-like basis at the beginning 

and end of the financial year. 

Trudy Schoolenberg will be eligible to receive a performance 
related bonus of up to £30,000. Reflecting Trudy’s position of 
Interim Group Chief Executive, her bonus will be earned based 
on a robust assessment by the Committee of her performance 
in role over that whole period and the achievement of key 
deliverables set for that period. 

Bonus payments are subject to recovery and withholding 
provisions as set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
approved at the 2017 Annual General Meeting. 

3. LTIP awards
The maximum normal award limit under the 2013 LTIP scheme 
rules, amended in 2017, is 125% of salary and it is intended that 
an award will be granted at this level in the current financial year 
to Philip de Klerk as a nil-cost option. 

The performance targets to apply to the awards to be granted in 
the current financial year under the 2013 LTIP scheme rules will be 
split, so that half will vest dependent on challenging EPS growth 
targets and half dependent on relative TSR measured against the 
constituents of the FTSE Small Cap Index (excluding investment 
trusts). The targets, each tested over three years, are as follows:

Relative Total Shareholder Return (50% of an award)
Low & Bonar TSR ranking versus FTSE Small Cap Index
(excluding investment trusts)
Below median
Median
Upper quartile
Straight-line vesting between performance points

Earnings Per Share (50% of an award) 

Adjusted annualised EPS growth 1
Below 6% p.a.
6% p.a.
12% p.a.
Straight-line vesting between performance points

Percentage
vesting
0%
20%
100%

Percentage 
vesting
0%
20%
100%

1  The base-year EPS (i.e. that for the year ended 30 November 2017) is 6.66 
pence, being our reported adjusted EPS of 6.42 pence adjusted to exclude 
costs relating to the Group’s pension schemes as calculated in accordance 
with IAS 19 (Revised). The Remuneration Committee will also adjust 
reported EPS for these same pension-related costs when assessing 
achievement of performance targets at the end of the performance 
period in order that the volatility in results which may arise from the pension 
scheme investment strategy, which is managed by independent trustees, 
is excluded from consideration of management performance. 

The Committee can reduce vesting if the Company’s overall financial 
performance over the performance period is significantly worse than 
the level of vesting indicates. In such circumstances, the Committee 
may reduce the level of vesting of an award so that, in the 
reasonable opinion of the Committee, it reflects the Company’s 
overall financial performance over the performance period. 

The use of EPS and relative TSR, consistent with the approach 
taken in prior years, reflects our continued focus on delivering 
long-term profitable growth and creating above-market levels 
of shareholder value. Setting absolute EPS growth targets is 
considered to provide a clear and transparent approach to 

64  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

incentivising Executive Directors and mirrors the approach taken 
in recent years. The range of EPS targets reflects the current 
trading environment and is aligned with the continued focus on 
profitable growth, which is a key factor in our strategy. Use of 
relative TSR provides clear alignment between the Executive 
Directors and the Company’s shareholders. We believe the targets 
to be appropriately challenging given the level of the awards and 
the low-growth existing in many of our markets.

A two-year post-vesting holding period will apply to any part 
of this award that vests. This will require Executive Directors 
to hold any shares vesting (after tax) for a period of two years.

The awards will be subject to recovery and withholding provisions 
as set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy approved at the 
2017 Annual General Meeting.

Long-term Incentive Plan – Awards granted during the year*
Awards of nil-cost options were made to each of Brett Simpson and Philip de Klerk in 2017 on the following basis:

Executive Directors
Brett Simpson 1
Philip de Klerk

Basis 
of award 
granted

Share price 
at date 
of grant

Number 
of shares 
awarded

Face 
value of 
award

% of 
face value 
which vests 
at threshold

125% of salary
125% of salary

70.00p
70.00p

677,232
553,571

£474,063
£387,500

20%
20%

1  Brett Simpson’s LTIP award will lapse on 30 April 2018 following his resignation as an employee.

Details of the performance conditions attaching to these awards are set out beneath the table on page 63.

SAYE Plan
Executive Directors are also eligible to participate in the SAYE Plan on the same terms as any other eligible employee.

Payments to past Directors and loss of office*
Mike Holt resigned as a Director on 16 May 2017 and remained an employee until 21 August 2017. Remuneration earned by Mr Holt 
in the period to 16 May 2017 is included in the single figure of remuneration table on page 63.

 ■ In the period from 17 May to 21 August 2017, Mr Holt received his salary, benefits and cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions 

of £100,034 in aggregate. 

 ■ Following the cessation of employment, Mike Holt received or will receive payments in lieu of salary and benefits for the balance of his 
12-month notice period. These payments are up to £188,156 in aggregate, of which £94,079 was paid in August 2017, £47,039 was paid 
on 21 November 2017 and £47,039 will be payable on 21 February 2018. Each payment is conditional on Mike Holt not taking up 
full-time employment prior to the payment.

 ■ Mike Holt was treated as a Good Leaver under the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). His 2015 and 2016 awards under the LTIP 
will vest pro-rata on the Normal Vesting Date (as defined in the rules of the LTIP) and be subject to the usual performance conditions. 
Mr Holt did not receive an LTIP award or bonus in 2017. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  65

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRemuneration
Annual report on remuneration continued

Brett Simpson resigned as a Director on 19 December 2017 and remains an employee until 30 April 2018. 

 ■ In the period from 19 December 2017 to 30 April 2018, Brett Simpson continues to receive his salary, benefits and cash allowance 

in lieu of pension contributions of £174,024 in aggregate. 

 ■ Brett Simpson was granted an LTIP award in February 2015 which vests subject to an EPS performance condition measured over the 

three financial years to 30 November 2017 (as regards 50% of the shares subject to the award), and a TSR performance measured over 
the three-year period ending 5 February 2018 (as regards 50% of the shares subject to the award).

 ■ As Brett Simpson will remain an employee until after the Normal Vesting Date (as defined in the rules of the LTIP) he will be entitled 

to retain the 2015 LTIP award which will vest in due course subject to the satisfaction of the performance conditions. The EPS 
performance condition for this award was not met. Further details of the TSR performance condition will be included in this report 
next year. 

 ■ Brett Simpson’s 2016 and 2017 LTIP awards lapse on his termination date. 

 ■ Brett Simpson will not receive a bonus in respect of the financial year ended 30 November 2017.

Outside appointments for Executive Directors
Subject to the rules governing conflicts of interest and the prior 
approval of the Board, the Group is supportive of its executive 
Directors holding external non-executive positions.

During 2017, Mike Holt was a Non-Executive Director of Schroders 
Asian Total Return Investment Company plc, and retained the fee 
he earned from this position while a Director of the Company. No 
other Executive Director held outside appointments in the financial 
year ending 30 November 2017.

The graph to the right shows Low & Bonar PLC’s total shareholder 
return (TSR) for the nine years to 30 November 2017, which 
assumes that £100 was invested in Low & Bonar PLC on 
30 November 2008. The company chose the FTSE Small Cap 
Index as an appropriate comparator for this graph, as Low & Bonar 
PLC has been a constituent of that index throughout the period.

Share price graph – total shareholder return

450

300

£
e
u
a
V

l

150

0

8
0

v
o
N
0
3

9
0

v
o
N
0
3

0
1

v
o
N
0
3

1
1

v
o
N
0
3

2
1

v
o
N
0
3

3
1

v
o
N
0
3

4
1

v
o
N
0
3

5
1

v
o
N
0
3

6
1

v
o
N
0
3

7
1

v
o
N
0
3

Low & Bonar

FTSE Small Cap Index

Group Chief Executive’s pay for performance over the last nine years
Financial year ending 
30 November 
of each year

2014 1

2014 2

 2015

2016

2013

2017

2012

Group Chief Executive
Total remuneration 
(single figure) (£)
Annual bonus (%)
LTIP vesting (%) 5

Brett 
Simpson

Brett 
Simpson

Brett 
Simpson

Brett
 Simpson

Steve 
Good

Steve 
Good

Steve 
Good

515,729
0%
0%

465,654
0%
0%

668,727
60%
0%

120,220
0%
0%

503,366 1,064,510 1,308,727
79.3%
98.7%

0%
40%

0%
72%

 2011

Steve 
Good

2010

Steve 
Good

2009 3

Steve 
Good

2009 4

Paul 
Forman

803,309
81%
50%

710,067
100%
0%

97,122
0%
0%

382,800
0%
0%

1  From 26 August 2014 (the date on which his employment with the Company started) to the end of that financial year. 

2  Until 30 September 2014 (the date on which he ceased to be a Director). 

3  From 3 September 2009 (the date on which his employment with the Company started) to the end of that financial year.

4  Until 31 October 2009 (the date on which he ceased to be a Director).

5  The LTIP award for 2017 is stated as 0% reflecting the lapse of the 50% of the 2015 award based on EPS over the three year period ended 30 November 2017; 

the vesting of the TSR portion of the award will be assessed following the end of the TSR performance period. 

66  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in the remuneration of the Group 
Chief Executive 
The table to the right shows the percentage change in the Group 
Chief Executive’s salary, benefits and annual bonus between 2016 
and 2017 compared with the average percentage change of each 
of those components from all full-time employees based in the UK.

The UK employee workforce was chosen as a suitable comparator 
group as the Group Chief Executive is based in the UK (albeit with 
a global role and responsibilities) and pay changes across Low & 
Bonar PLC vary widely depending on local market conditions. 

Group Chief Executive (£)
– salary
– benefits
– bonus
Average per employee (£)
– salary
– benefits
– bonus

2017

2016 % change

379,250
41,666
0

370,000
65,885
0

2.5%
(36.8)% 1
0.0%

51,487
1,341
1,826

44,991
1,241
1,516

14.4% 2
8.0% 1
20.4% 2

1  In 2016 Group life insurance was not included in the calculation. 

The decrease is a result of differing travel and subsistence requirements 
year on year.

2  The UK average salary and bonus per employee increased from 2016 to 
2017 due to an increase in the proportion of senior employees following 
the sale of the yarns business.

Relative importance of spend on pay
£m
Overall expenditure on pay
Dividends declared in respect 
of the year

2017
105.8

10.0

2016 % change
12%
94.3

9.9

1%

Executive Directors’ shareholdings and share interests*
Executive Directors are required to build a significant shareholding in the Company. Unvested awards are not included when assessing 
holding requirements. Vested awards are included in assessing holdings, but are adjusted to take into account the tax liability arising on 
exercise. During the financial year ending 30 November 2017 options and awards over shares were issued under the Low & Bonar PLC 
2013 LTIP scheme rules.

The table below sets out the beneficial interests of the Executive Directors in the Ordinary Shares of the Company and a summary 
of the outstanding share awards as at 30 November 2017. Calculations are based on a share price of 65.50 pence (being the closing 
share price of a Low & Bonar PLC share on 30 November 2017). There have been no changes to these interests between 1 December 
2017 and 1 February 2018.

Executive Directors
Brett Simpson
Philip de Klerk

Shares held

Unvested share scheme awards

30 November 
2017

30 November 
2016

Unvested 
LTIP awards

Unexercised 
SAYE options

Shareholding 
requirement 
(% of base 
 salary)

Actual beneficial 
share ownership 
(% of base salary)

175,000 
–

175,000 
n/a

1,806,687
553,571

36,885
–

100%
100%

30.22%
0%

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  67

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRemuneration
Annual report on remuneration continued

Executive Directors’ LTIP and SAYE interests*
The LTIP awards are subject to performance conditions, details of which are set out in the Remuneration Policy on page 72 and in 
the notes accompanying the table. Awards under the SAYE Plan are not subject to any performance conditions other than continued 
employment as at the vesting date. 

The table below sets out the Executive Directors’ interests in these plans. There were no changes to the interests listed below between 
30 November 2017 and 30 January 2018.

Brett Simpson
LTIP
LTIP
LTIP
LTIP

Award date

26/08/2014
06/02/2015
04/02/2016
24/03/2017

SAYE

09/04/2015

Mike Holt
LTIP
LTIP
LTIP

SAYE
SAYE

Philip de Klerk
LTIP

03/03/2014
06/02/2015
04/02/2016

20/04/2011
09/04/2015

19/10/2017

Awards held at 
1 December
 2016

Granted 
during year

Exercised/
vested 
during year

Lapsed/ 
forfeited 
during year

Awards held at 
30 November 
2017

Exercise 
price 
(pence)

Normal 
vesting/
exercise date

542,168
796,460
731,225
–
2,069,853
36,885

364,810
608,850
557,312
1,530,972
36,039
18,442

–
–
–
677,232

–

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

36,039
–

553,571

–

–
–

542,168
398,230 1
–
–

–

364,810
304,425 1
–

–
–

–

–
398,230 1
731,225 2
677,232 2
1,806,687
36,8852

–
304,425 1
557,312
861,737
–
18,442

553,571
553,571

–
–
–
–

26/08/2017
06/02/2018
04/02/2019
24/03/2020

48.8

01/06/2018

–
–
–

03/03/2017
06/02/2018
04/02/2019

42.8
48.8

01/06/2016
01/06/2018

–

19/10/2020

1   The LTIP awards granted on 6 February 2015 were subject to targets based on EPS, over the three-year period ended 30 November 2017, and relative TSR, 
over the three-year period ending 5 February 2018. The threshold level of EPS growth was not achieved, and no shares will vest in respect of that portion of 
the awards. The vesting of the TSR portion of the award will be assessed following the end of the TSR performance period. 

2  These awards will lapse on 30 April 2018.

Fifty percent of the LTIP shares are subject to an EPS growth target and 50% to a relative TSR target measured against the constituents 
of the FTSE Small Cap Index. Under the TSR target, 20% of shares vest for median performance, rising on a straight-line basis to full 
vesting for upper-quartile performance. Under the EPS target, 20% of shares vest at the minimum target with full vesting at the maximum 
target and the percentage of shares vesting for performance between the minimum and maximum target rising on a straight-line basis. 
The measurement periods for both performance criteria and the EPS targets in respect of the awards above are as follows: 

Date of grant
06/02/2015
04/02/2016
24/03/2017
19/10/2017

EPS

TSR

Measurement 
period ended
30/11/2017
30/11/2018
30/11/2019
30/11/2019

Minimum/
maximum
6.85p / 8.52p
6.98p / 8.23p
7.37p / 8.70p
7.37p / 8.70p

Measurement 
Minimum/
period ended
maximum
05/02/2018 Median/Upper quartile
03/02/2019 Median/Upper quartile
23/03/2020 Median/Upper quartile
23/03/2020 Median/Upper quartile

The closing share price of a share on 30 November 2017 was 65.50 pence and the range during the year to 30 November 2017 was 
62.84 pence to 91.00 pence.

68  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Single total figure of remuneration for the Non-Executive Directors
Fees and taxable benefits payable to Non-Executive Directors
The table below sets out the remuneration of each Non-Executive Director during the financial year ended 30 November 2017 and the 
comparative figure for the year ended 30 November 2016. Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in short- or long-term 
incentive plans or to receive any pension from the Group, however, relevant travel expenses are reimbursed.

Additional responsibilities 

Committee 
membership 1

2017

2016

2017

2016

Fees £’000

Taxable benefits 7 £’000

Non-Executive Directors
Martin Flower

Kevin Matthews 2

Mike Powell 3 
Trudy Schoolenberg 4
Past Non-Executive Directors
Steve Hannam 5
John Sheldrick 6

Chairman, Chairman of the 
Nomination Committee
Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee
Chairman of the Audit Committee
Senior Independent Director

R, N

136.0

136.0

A, R, N
A, R, N
A, R, N

A, R, N
A, R, N

47.0
44.2
40.6

30.0
17.1

45.0
–
40.0

42.0
47.0

2.3

3.6
3.8
4.6

3.6
0.8

1.6

2.0
–
1.8

0.8
0.9

1  Indicates which Committees the Director served on during the year: Audit Committee = A; Remuneration Committee = R; Nomination Committee = N.

2  Kevin Matthews received a fee of £7,000 per annum for his Chairmanship of the Remuneration Committee (which is included in the number in the table), 

pro-rated for 2016 to reflect his Chairmanship from 1 April 2016. 

3  Mike Powell became a Director on 1 December 2016 and received a fee of £7,000 per annum for his Chairmanship of the Audit Committee (which is included 

in the number in the table).

4  Trudy Schoolenberg receives a pro-rata fee of £7,000 p.a. from 1 November 2017 for holding the office of Senior Independent Director, which she has held 

since 7 July 2017. 

5  Steve Hannam retired from the Board with effect from 31 August 2017 and his fees for 2017 are stated to that date. He received a fee of £7,000 in 2016 for 
his Chairmanship of the Remuneration Committee (which is included in the number in the table), pro-rated to reflect his Chairmanship to 31 March 2016. 

6  John Sheldrick retired from the Board with effect from 12 April 2017 and his fees for 2017 are stated to that date. He received a fee of £7,000 in 2016 for 

his Chairmanship of the Audit Committee (which is included in the number in the table).

7  Non-Executive Director benefits include travel and subsistence whilst on Company business.

Fees payable to Non-Executive Directors in 2018
Fees paid to the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors for 2017 
and payable for 2018 are shown below.

Chairman
Non-Executive Director fee
Senior Independent Director
Chairman of the Audit Committee
Chairman of the Remuneration

2017
136.0
40.0
7.0
7.0
7.0

2018
136.0
42.5 1
7.0
7.0
7.0

1  This fee increase will only take effect from 1 June 2018. Accordingly, the 

aggregate base fee in 2018 will be £41,250.

Non-Executive Directors’ shareholdings*
The table below sets out the current shareholdings of the 
Non-Executive Directors (including beneficial interests) as at 
30 November 2017. The Company does not operate a share 
ownership policy for Non-Executive Directors, but encourages 
Non-Executive Directors to acquire shares on their own account.

Martin Flower
Kevin Matthews
Mike Powell
Trudy Schoolenberg

Number of 
shares held 
outright as at 
30 November 
2017 1
556,912 
24,389 
39,000
72,462 

Number of 
shares held 
outright as at 
30 November 
2016
556,912 
24,389 
n/a
72,462 

1  There have been no changes in beneficial interests of the Non-Executive 

Directors between 1 December 2017 and 1 February 2018.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  69

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRemuneration
Annual report on remuneration continued

Service contracts/letters of appointment
All directors are subject to annual (re)appointment at the 2018 
Annual General Meeting on 13 April 2018.

Philip de Klerk
Martin Flower

Date of 
service contract/
letter of appointment
2 October 2017
1 January 2007

Length of service at 
30 November 
2017
2 months
10 years 11 months

Kevin Matthews
Mike Powell
Trudy Schoolenberg 1

1 April 2015
1 December 2016
1 May 2013

2 years 8 months
1 year
4 years 7 months

 ■ approving policy for and scope of pension arrangements 
for each executive director and other senior executives;

 ■ approving the total individual remuneration package of each 

executive director and other senior executives;

 ■ ensuring that all provisions regarding disclosure of 
remuneration, including pensions, are fulfilled;

 ■ appointing any remuneration consultants who advise the 

Committee and review trends across the Group;

 ■ overseeing any major changes in employee benefits structures 

throughout the Group;

1   Following the resignation of Brett Simpson as a director and Group Chief 
Executive on 19 December 2017, Trudy Schoolenberg was appointed as 
Interim Group Chief Executive with immediate effect on a three-month 
fixed term contract.

 ■ agreeing the policy for authorising claims for expenses from 

the Chief Executive and Chairman of the Board; and

 ■ reviewing its own performance, constitution and terms 

of reference.

The Committee Chairman reports to the Board on the Committee’s 
activities at the Board meeting immediately following each 
Remunueration Committee meeting.

Committee composition
The Committee membership currently comprises all the Non-
Executive Directors as listed on page 61. The attendance of each 
Committee member at meetings during the year is shown on 
page 61. The Group Chief Executive and the Group Director 
of Human Resources were regular attendees at Committee 
meetings held during the year. No individual was present when 
their own remuneration or benefits were discussed. 

All of the Committee members, with the exception of Mr Flower, 
are considered by the Board to be independent. Mr Flower 
became a member of the Committee on 6 July 2010 and, while it 
is no longer appropriate to apply the test of independence to him 
following his appointment as Chairman, he was considered by the 
Board to be independent on his initial appointment as a Non-
Executive Director. 

The Remuneration Committee 
The Committee has delegated authority from the Board over the 
Company’s remuneration framework and policy. The Committee’s 
terms of reference are available on the Company’s website 
(investors.lowandbonar.com/corporate-governance) and 
are regularly reviewed and updated. 

Under its terms of reference the Committee is responsible for:

 ■ recommending to the Board the framework or broad policy 

for the remuneration of the Company’s Group Chief Executive, 
Chairman, Executive Directors, Company Secretary and such 
other members of the executive management as is designated 
to consider;

 ■ following a remuneration policy which shall be to ensure that 
members of the executive management of the Company are 
provided with appropriate incentives to encourage enhanced 
performance;

 ■ reviewing the ongoing appropriateness and relevance of the 

remuneration policy;

 ■ approving the design of targets for any performance-related 
pay schemes operated by the Company and the total annual 
payments made under the remuneration policy;

 ■ recommending the design of all executive share incentive plans 
for approval by the Board and shareholders, and oversee any 
associated awards and the performance targets to be used;

70  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Advisors to the Committee 
Unless otherwise stated, the advisors have no other connection 
with the Group and the Committee believes that the advice 
received was, and continues to be, objective and independent.

Aon Hewitt New Bridge Street (Aon) 
During the financial year ended 30 November 2017, the 
Committee changed its external advisors from Aon Hewitt New 
Bridge Street to Deloitte LLP. Aon had advised the Committee 
for over 10 years. Aon provided advice on reward structures 
and levels, aspects of the Company’s future remuneration policy 
and executive remuneration and Non-Executive Directors’ fees. 
Aon is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group 
(the professional body for executive remuneration consultants). 
The fees incurred for advice provided by Aon during the period 
to 22 June 2017 were £28,500.

Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) 
Deloitte were appointed by the Committee as its principal advisors 
on 22 June 2017 following a tender process. Deloitte is a member 
of the Remuneration Consultants Group (the professional body 
for executive remuneration consultants). Deloitte provided the 
Committee with executive remuneration advice, including advice 
relating to the operation of employee and executive share plans. 
The fees incurred for advice provided by Deloitte during 2017 
were £15,000. 

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP (Freshfields) and Squire 
Patton Boggs LLP (SPB) 
Freshfields and SPB provide advice to the Committee in respect 
of matters of legal compliance and both advisors also provide 
legal advice to the Company, on matters other than remuneration, 
on a regular and continuing basis. In the year no advise was 
sought from either advisor by the Remuneration Committee.

Voting at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) 
At the AGM on 12 April 2017, the Annual Report on Remuneration was put to an advisory vote and the Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
was put to a binding vote. The results were as follows:

Resolution
Annual Report on Remuneration
Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Votes for (and % of votes cast), 
including discretionary votes
213,715,028 (99.94%)
211,979,056 (99.14%)

Votes against 
(and % of votes cast)
127,426 (0.06%)
1,840,017 (0.86%)

Proportion of 
share capital voting
65%
65%

Shares on which 
Votes were withheld
115,527,111
115,550,492

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved at the Annual General Meeting on 12 April 2017 and is set out on pages 53 to 60 of the 
Company’s 2016 Annual Report and Accounts which is available on the Company’s website at investors.lowandbonar.com/reports-
and-presentations/yr-2016. We have set out below those aspects of the policy that we consider shareholders will find most useful. 

Kevin Matthews
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

On behalf of the Board of Directors 
2 February 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  71

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRemuneration
Directors’ remuneration policy
A summary of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy is set out on the 
following pages. It is the Committee’s current intention that the 
policy will operate for the three-year period to the AGM in 2020.

SALARY
Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

BENEFITS
Purpose and link to strategy
Operation

Maximum opportunity

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

PENSION
Purpose and link to strategy
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

To provide competitive fixed remuneration that will attract, retain and motivate high-quality key employees 
and reflect their experience, duties and geographical location.
Reviewed annually, with changes typically effective 1 December.

Benchmarked periodically against relevant market comparators as appropriate, including companies of a 
similar international reach and complexity.

Individual pay levels determined by reference to internal reference points, performance, skills and experience 
in post.

Consideration given to the pay levels in the country in which the Executive Director lives and works and the 
wider salary increases across the Group more generally.
Salary levels will be eligible for increases during the three-year period that the Remuneration Policy operates.

Executive Directors will normally receive a salary increase broadly in line with the increase awarded to the 
general workforce (in the country in which the Director lives, if appropriate) in percentage of salary terms.

Increases beyond those linked to the workforce (in percentage of salary terms) may be awarded in certain 
circumstances such as where there is a change in responsibility, experience or a significant increase in the 
scale of the role and/or size, value and/or complexity of the Group.
The Committee considers individual salaries at the appropriate Committee meeting each year taking due 
account of the factors noted in operation of the salary policy.

To provide competitive benefits in line with market practice.
The Company typically provides the following benefits: 
 ■ Car allowance
 ■ Private health insurance
 ■ Death-in-service cover
 ■ Other ancillary benefits, including relocation expenses/arrangements (as required).

Where Executive Directors are recruited from overseas, benefits more tailored to their geographical location 
may be provided.

Where revised benefits are offered to employees more generally within a geographic location or across the 
Group, Executive Directors are likely to be eligible to receive those benefits.

Executive Directors are also eligible to participate in all-employee share plans operated by the Company, 
in line with prevailing HMRC guidelines (where applicable).

Any reasonable business-related expenses (including tax thereon) can be reimbursed if determined to be a 
taxable benefit.
The cost of some of these benefits is not pre-determined and may vary from year to year based on the overall 
cost to the Company in securing these benefits for a population of employees (particularly health insurance 
and death-in-service cover).
None.

To provide a market-competitive, yet cost-effective, long-term retirement benefit.
A Company contribution to a defined contribution scheme or the provision of a cash supplement equivalent. 
Company contributions of up to 25% of salary.
None.

72  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

ANNUAL BONUS
Purpose and link to strategy
Operation

Opportunity

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

To incentivise annual delivery of performance objectives relating to the short-term goals of the Company.
Annual cash bonus awards are based on performance against a sliding scale of challenging targets related 
to the Company’s key performance indicators. The Committee will review the relevance and suitability of the 
bonus measures each year, and may change them each year to ensure there is ongoing alignment with the 
Group’s strategic objectives.
Maximum (% salary): 
100%
Details of the performance measures used for the bonus relating to the previous financial year and targets 
and performance against them are provided in the Annual Remuneration Report.

The annual bonus is determined based on performance against a range of the Company’s key performance 
indicators and paid following the approval of the Group’s audited results for the year by the Board.

Some guidance on targets for the bonus for each forthcoming year will be set out in the relevant Annual 
Remuneration Report, but the specific targets may be considered by the Committee to be commercially 
sensitive and may not be disclosed in advance.

No more than 30% of salary in total is earned at the threshold performance levels, with a graduated scale 
operating thereafter through to maximum bonuses being earned for out performance of the Company’s 
targets for the year.

Payments under the annual bonus plan may be subject to recovery and withholding provisions in the event 
of a material misstatement of the Company’s financial results, material misconduct or if an error is made in 
assessing the extent to which any target and/or condition was satisfied.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS
Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

To drive superior long-term financial performance and shareholder returns, aid retention and align the 
interests of Executive Directors with shareholders.
An award of free shares (i.e. either conditional shares or nil-cost options) is normally granted annually 
which vests after three years subject to continued service (save in ‘good leaver’ circumstances) and the 
achievement of challenging performance conditions.

A holding period will apply to share awards granted in the financial years ending 30 November 2017 and 
beyond. The holding period will require the Executive Directors to retain the after-tax value of shares for 
24 months from the vesting date.

A dividend equivalent provision operates enabling dividends to be paid (in cash or shares) on shares that vest.
Maximum (% salary):  
125%

In exceptional circumstances (e.g. recruitment), awards can be made up to 200% of salary.
Granted subject to challenging financial (e.g. adjusted EPS) and total shareholder return performance targets 
tested over three years.

20% of awards will vest for threshold performance, with full vesting taking place for equalling, or exceeding, 
the maximum performance targets.

The Committee may scale back the level of vesting of an award if it considers underlying financial performance 
over the performance period has been significantly worse than the level of vesting would otherwise indicate.

Payments may be subject to recovery and withholding provisions in the event of a material misstatement of 
the Company’s financial results, material misconduct, or if an error is made in assessing the extent to which 
any target and/or condition was satisfied.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  73

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRemuneration
Directors’ remuneration policy continued

SHARE OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES
Purpose and link to strategy
Operation

To align the interests of Executive Directors with those of shareholders.
Executive Directors are expected to retain 50% of the after-tax number of vested shares issued under  
long-term incentive awards until the guideline holding is achieved.

Requirement
Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

The Committee will monitor progress towards the guideline on an annual basis.
A share ownership guideline of a minimum of 100% of salary applies to the Executive Directors.
None.

Bonus Plan and Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
The Committee will operate the annual bonus plan, the LTIP 
and  the SAYE Plan according to their respective rules and 
in accordance with the Listing Rules and HMRC rules where 
relevant. The Committee retains discretion, consistent with 
market practice, in a number of respects regarding the operation 
and administration of these plans. These include the following 
(albeit with quantum and performance targets restricted 
to the descriptions detailed in the policy table above):

 ■ who participates in the plans;

 ■ the timing of grant of award and/or payment; 

 ■ the size of an award and/or a payment;

 ■ the determination of vesting and/or meeting targets;

 ■ discretion required when dealing with a change of control 

(e.g. the timing of testing performance targets) or restructuring 
of the Group; 

 ■ determination of a good/bad leaver for incentive plan purposes 
based on the rules of each plan and the annual bonus and the 
appropriate treatment chosen;

 ■ adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, 
corporate restructuring, events and special dividends); and 

 ■ the annual review of performance measures weighting, and 

targets for the annual bonus plan and the LTIP, from year to year.

The Committee also retains the authority to adjust the targets  
and/or set different measures and alter weightings for the annual 
bonus plan and to adjust targets for the LTIP if events occur 
(e.g. material divestment of a Group business) which cause it to 
determine that the conditions are no longer appropriate and the 
amendment is required to ensure that the conditions achieve their 
original purpose and are not materially less difficult to satisfy.

All historic awards that were granted under the 2013 LTIP and 
remain outstanding remain eligible to vest based on their original 
award terms. With regards to any promotions to the Board, the 
Company will retain the authority to honour payments agreed 
prior to joining the Board (such as, for example, an annual bonus 
formulated to reflect divisional performance), albeit any payments 
agreed in consideration of being promoted to the Board will be 
consistent with the Recruitment and Promotion Policy. A bonus 
may be forfeited on cessation of employment in certain 
circumstances as outlined in the policy on ‘Directors’ service 
contracts and payments for loss of office’.

Choice of performance measures and approach 
to target setting
The performance metrics that are used for annual bonus and LTIP 
awards are a subset of the Group’s key performance indicators.

The Committee has flexibility to change the annual bonus plan 
performance metrics from year to year to facilitate an appropriate 
evolution of measurement in line with strategy. In the first year of 
the Policy, profit will be used as the primary performance metric. 
Other metrics based on the Company’s key performance 
indicators may also be used in order to promote alignment 
with strategic imperatives (e.g. the use of ROCE to provide clear 
alignment with the overarching strategy of achieving profitable 
cash-generative growth whilst ensuring that efficient management 
of capital is fully encouraged).

LTIP awards vest subject to (i) challenging EPS growth targets that 
are aligned with the long-term levels of earnings growth targeted 
by the Company, and (ii) relative TSR targets which provide clear 
alignment of interests between shareholders and executives.

74  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Targets are set based on sliding scales that take account 
of internal planning and external market expectations for the 
Company. Only modest rewards are available for delivering 
threshold performance levels, with maximum rewards requiring 
substantial out-performance of the challenging plans approved 
at the start of each year.

No performance targets are applied to the SAYE Plan, 
which is aimed at encouraging broad-based equity ownership.

The targets relating to the annual bonus are considered to 
be commercially sensitive and will not therefore be disclosed in 
advance. They will be disclosed in the Annual Remuneration Report 
in respect of the years to which they apply along with disclosure 
of performance against them and the payments resulting.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ FEES
Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Framework used to assess 
performance and for the 
recovery of sums paid

To provide a competitive fee which will attract those high-calibre individuals with the relevant skills 
and experience necessary to contribute to a high-performing Board.
The fees for the Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are reviewed every year.

Fee levels are set by reference to the expected time commitments and responsibility and are periodically 
market-tested to determine if fee levels are in line with those offered in companies of a comparable size, 
international reach and complexity for each role.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are paid an annual fee and do not participate in any 
of the Company’s incentive arrangements or receive any pension provision.

The Non-Executive Directors receive a basic fee, with additional fees payable for chairmanship 
of the Company’s key committees.

The Committee recommends the remuneration of the Chairman to the Board.

The Chairman’s fee is considered by the Remuneration Committee (during which the Chairman has no part in 
discussions) and the Non-Executive Directors’ fee is determined by the Board excluding the Non-Executives.

The Company may repay any reasonable expenses that a Non-Executive Director incurs in carrying out their 
duties as a Director (including tax thereon).
The fee levels will be eligible for increases during the three-year period that the Remuneration Policy operates 
to ensure they continue to appropriately recognise the time commitment of the role, increases to fee levels for 
Non-Executive Directors in general and fee levels in companies of a similar size and complexity.
None.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  75

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONOther disclosures

Directors’ Report
The Directors of the Company present their report together with 
the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 
30 November 2017. 

Financial risk management
Details of the Group’s financial risk management policies are given 
in the Strategic Report on pages 38 to 44 and note 20 to the Group 
financial statements on pages 116 to 121. 

This report has been prepared in accordance with requirements 
outlined within The Large and Medium-sized Companies and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 and forms part 
of the management report as required under Disclosure Guidance 
& Transparency Rule (‘DTR’) 4. Certain information that fulfils the 
requirements of the Directors’ Report can be found elsewhere in 
this document and is incorporated by reference. 

Strategic Report
The Strategic Report is set out on pages 4 to 44 and is incorporated 
into this Directors’ Report by reference. It contains details of likely 
future developments and research and development activities within 
the Group.

Risk management and internal control
The Board is responsible for maintaining a risk management 
and internal control system and for managing principal risks faced 
by the Group. Such a system is designed to manage rather than 
eliminate business risks and can only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material mistreatment or loss. This is 
described in more detail in the Audit Committee Report on pages 
56 to 59. 

In carrying out their review of risks, the Directors have regard to 
what controls in their judgement are appropriate to the Group’s 
businesses, to the materiality and the likelihood of the risks 
inherent in these businesses and to the relative costs and 
benefits of implementing specific controls.

Greenhouse gas reporting 
The disclosures concerning greenhouse gas emissions are 
included in corporate responsibility on page 32.

Profit and dividends
The Group’s consolidated loss for the year, after taxation, amounts 
to £19.2m (2016: profit of £13.9m). The Directors have declared 
dividends as follows:

Ordinary Shares
Paid interim dividend of 1.05p per share
Paid on 22 September 2017
Proposed final dividend of 2.00p per share
(2016: 2.00p per share)
Total dividend of 3.05p per share for 2016/17
(2016: 3.00p per share)

£m

£3.46m

£6.59m

£10.05m

Subject to shareholder approval at this year’s AGM, the final 
ordinary dividend will be paid on 19 April 2018 to shareholders 
whose names were on the Register of Members at the close 
of business on 23 March 2018.

The Company’s share capital includes deferred shares (which 
do not attract a dividend), 6% first cumulative preference stock, 
6% second cumulative preference stock and 5.5% third 
cumulative preference stock. The dividend received by preference 
stock holders is paid before the Ordinary Shareholders’ dividend.

76  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Share capital
The Company’s issued share capital as at 30 November 2017 
comprised 329,706,034 5 pence Ordinary Shares, 154,571,152 
deferred shares without voting rights and £100,000 6% first 
cumulative preference stock, £100,000 6% second cumulative 
preference stock and £200,000 5.5% third cumulative preference 
stock (the ‘Preference Stock’).

Directors’ conflicts of interest
The Company has procedures in place for managing conflicts of 
interest. Should a Director become aware that they, or any of their 
connected parties, have an interest in an existing or proposed 
transaction with the Group, they should notify the Board in writing 
or at the next Board meeting. Directors have a continuing duty to 
update any changes to these conflicts.

Directors’ indemnities
In accordance with the Articles of Association, and to the extent 
permitted by law, Directors are granted an indemnity by the 
Company in respect of liability incurred as a result of their office. 
These qualifying third-party indemnity provisions were in force 
during the financial year. In addition, the Company maintains 
a Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy throughout 
the year.

Re-election of Directors
Although the Company is not a constituent of the FTSE350, and 
as such the Directors are not required to seek annual re-election, 
the Directors voluntarily submit themselves for re-election at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Political donations
No political donations or contributions to political parties under 
the Companies Act 2006 have been made during the financial 
year. The Group policy is that no political donations be made, 
or political expenditure incurred.

Each Ordinary Share carries the right to one vote at general 
meetings of the Company and provided that preference dividends 
remain paid in accordance with the Company’s Articles of 
Association, the Preference Stock does not carry voting rights. 

During the period, 408,008 Ordinary Shares in the Company 
were issued under the terms of the Low & Bonar 2007 UK 
and International Sharesave Schemes at prices between 
48.8 pence and 68.8 pence.

Details of the movements in the Company’s issued share capital 
can be found on page 124 in note 24 to the financial statements.

Employee benefit trust (EBT) and share awards 
Details of the Company’s EBT arrangements can be found on 
page 124 (note 24). 

The Company has a UK and international all-employee sharesave 
scheme and a long-term incentive plan. Details of share-based 
payments during the year can be found on pages 125 to 126 
(note 24). 

Directors and their share interests
Details of the Director of the Company who served during the 
financial year ended 30 November 2017 are shown on pages 
48 and 49 with the exception of John Sheldrick, Mike Holt, Steve 
Hannam and Brett Simpson who retired from the Board in 2017 
on 12 April, 16 May, 31 August and 19 December respectively. 

Details of Directors’ interests in the Company’s Ordinary Shares, 
options held over Ordinary Shares, interests in share options 
and long-term incentive plans are set out on pages 67 to 69. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  77

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONOther disclosures continued

Substantial interests
As at 30 January 2018, the Company had been notified of the 
following interests of 3% or more in the issued share capital of 
the Company under the UK Disclosure and Transparency Rules:

Sterling Strategic Value Fund SA
J O Hambro Capital Management
AXA Framlington
Aberforth Partners LLP
Luxempart SA
Unicorn Asset Management
Janus Henderson Investors

No. of 
Ordinary 
Shares
44,185,000
34,944,366
28,760,411
24,817,281
23,364,145
18,668,991
16,539,576

% of total 
voting rights
13.40
10.60
8.72
7.53
7.08
5.66
5.02

Long-term viability statement
The Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over a 
five-year period to 30 November 2022, this period was chosen 
as it aligns with the Group’s strategic planning process. This 
has taken into account the business model, strategic aims, 
risk appetite, maturing debt funding and principal risks and 
uncertainties, along with the Group’s current financial position. 
Based on this assessment and on the assumption that the 
principal risks are managed or mitigated, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the five-year 
period under review. Further details of our approach to assessing 
long-term viability can be found on page 41.

Significant agreements and change of control 
provisions
The Group’s principal banking facilities may become repayable 
upon a change of control of the Company. There were no 
contracts subsisting during the financial year to which the 
Company is a party and in which a director of the Company 
is or was materially interested. 

Subsidiaries, joint ventures and associated 
undertakings 
The Group has 72 subsidiaries, joint ventures and associated 
undertakings. A list of these can be found on pages 130 to 132 
(note 36) to the Company’s financial statements.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The 2018 AGM will be held at The Royal Institution, 21 Albemarle 
Street, London W1S 4BS on Friday 13 April 2018, commencing 
at 11.00am. The notice of meeting is contained in the separate 
booklet which is enclosed. The booklet contains the text of the 
resolutions to be proposed and explanatory notes.

Going concern
In adopting the going concern basis for preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors have considered the business activities 
as set out on page 42 to 44 as well as the Group’s principal risks 
and uncertainties as set out on pages 42 to 44. Based on the 
Group’s cash flow forecasts and projections, the Board is satisfied 
that the Group will be able to operate within the level of its facilities 
for the foreseeable future. For this reason, the Board considers it 
appropriate for the Group to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements. 

Auditor
Resolutions to reappoint KPMG LLP as auditor of the Company 
and to authorise the determination of its remuneration will be 
proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

Disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the Directors who held office on the date at which this 
Directors’ Report was approved confirms that, so far as he/she 
is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the 
Company’s auditor is unaware, and that he or she has taken all 
steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director to make 
himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. 

UK Corporate Governance Code 
The Board believes that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken 
as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
necessary information for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy. 

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by

Erika Percival
Company Secretary

2 February 2018

78  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Financial 
statements

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities  
Independent auditor’s report  
Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 
Company Cash Flow Statement 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity 
Significant Accounting Policies 
Notes to the Accounts 

80
81
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
100

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  79

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONStatement of Directors’ responsibilities
in respect of the Annual Report and the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the 
Group and parent Company financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance 
Statement that comply with that law and those regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent 
Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that 
law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and 
applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent Company 
financial statements on the same basis. 

Under Company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of their 
profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and 
parent Company financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

 ■ select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently; 

 ■ make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant 

and reliable; 

 ■ state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs 

as adopted by the EU; 

 ■ assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern; and 

 ■ use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either 

intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the parent Company and enable them to ensure 
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably 
open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent 
and detect fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of the Directors in respect 
of the annual financial report
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge: 

 ■ the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 

applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole; and 

 ■ the strategic report includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the issuer and 
the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face. 

We consider the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy. 

Trudy Schoolenberg 
Interim Group Chief Executive 

Philip de Klerk
Group Chief Financial Officer

2 February 2018 

2 February 2018

80  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Low & Bonar plc 

1 OUR OPINION IS UNMODIFIED 

We have audited the financial statements of Low & Bonar PLC (‘the 
Company’) for the year ended 30 November 2017 which comprise 
the Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, Balance Sheets, Consolidated Cash Flow 
Statement, Company Cash Flow Statement, Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity, Company Statement of Changes in Equity, 
and the related notes, including Significant Accounting Policies. 

whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are 
incidental to that opinion, and we do not provide a separate opinion 
on these matters. 

Recoverability of Civil Engineering Group of Cash 
Generating Units (CGU) £33.8 million, Risk vs 2016: 
Refer to page 59 (Audit Committee report), page 95 (accounting 
policy J), pages 98-99 (accounting policy U) and pages 111-112 
(financial disclosures).

In our opinion: 

 ■ the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 
Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 30 November 
2017 and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended; 

 ■ the Group financial statements have been properly prepared 

in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU); 

 ■ the parent Company financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and 
as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006; and 

 ■ the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards 
on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
are described below. We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. Our 
audit opinion is consistent with our report to the audit committee. 

We were first appointed as auditor by the shareholders in 1975. The 
period of total uninterrupted engagement is for the 43 financial years 
ended 30 November 2017. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities 
under, and we remain independent of the Group in accordance with, 
UK ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as 
applied to listed public interest entities. No non-audit services 
prohibited by that standard were provided.

2 KEY AUDIT MATTERS: OUR ASSESSMENT 
OF RISKS OF MATERIAL MISSTATEMENT 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including 
those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; 
the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of 
the engagement team. We summarise below the key audit matters, 
in decreasing order of audit significance, in arriving at our audit 
opinion above, together with our key audit procedures to address 
those matters and, as required for public interest entities, our results 
from those procedures. These matters were addressed, and our 
results are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and 
solely for the purpose of, our audit of the financial statements as a 

The risk: Forecast-based valuation

During the current year the Group recognised an impairment loss 
on the Civil Engineering CGU. The loss was driven by the challenging 
trading conditions across this particular business segment. The carrying 
amount of the Civil Engineering CGU is significant and the estimated 
recoverable amount is subjective due to the inherent uncertainty 
involved in forecasting and discounting future cash flows. 

Our response:
Our procedures included:

 ■ Historical comparisons: We assessed the reasonableness of the 
budgets by considering the historical accuracy of the previous 
forecasts. 

 ■ Benchmarking assumptions: We compared the group’s 

assumptions in relation to key inputs such as, growth rate, 
discount rate, forecast revenue and profit margins, to historical 
information and externally derived data. We were assisted by our 
own valuation specialist to evaluate the discount rate calculated 
by an expert engaged by the Group.

 ■ Sensitivity analysis: We performed sensitivity analysis on the key 

assumptions noted above. 

 ■ Assessing transparency: We assessed the adequacy of 

disclosures in the financial statements, including those in respect 
of the key assumptions used and the impairment loss recorded. 

Our results:
We found the Group’s assessment of the recoverable amount of Civil 
Engineering CGU and resulting impairment charge to be acceptable.

Recoverability of parent company’s investments 
in and debt due from Civil Engineering entities, 
Risk vs 2016: 
Refer to page 59 (Audit Committee report), page 92 (accounting 
policy B), page 95 (accounting policy J) and pages 114-115 
(financial disclosures).

The risk: Subjective valuation

The carrying amount of the parent company’s investments in and 
debt due from entities operating in the Civil Engineering segment 
is significant and at risk of irrecoverability as this particular segment 
faces challenging trading conditions, as described in the forecast-
based valuation risk above. The impairment test is subjective due 
to the inherent uncertainty in judgements and estimates used. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  81

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Low & Bonar plc continued

Civil Engineering entities make up a significant portion of the parent 
company’s total investments in subsidiaries and amounts owed by 
subsidiaries. 

Our response: 
Our procedures included: 

 ■ Data comparisons: We identified the carrying amounts of 

investments in and debt due from entities that belong to the 
Civil Engineering segment. 

 ■ Tests of detail: We compared the carrying amounts of investments 
and debt due from Civil Engineering entities with their recoverable 
amounts. 

 ■ Our business understanding: We assessed ability of Civil 

Engineering entities to obtain liquid funds and fund the repayment 
of the receivables by assessing their profitability, net asset value 
and management’s forecasts of future cash flows.

 ■ Input assessment: We challenged the key inputs used in the valuation 
of the recoverable amounts of investments from Civil Engineering 
entities as described in the forecast-based valuation risk above. 

 ■ Comparing valuations: We compared the sum of the recoverable 
amounts of all investments to the group’s market capitalisation to 
assess the reasonableness of the recoverable amounts.

 ■ Assessing transparency: We assessed the adequacy of the parent 
company’s disclosures in respect of investments in subsidiaries/
group debtor balances.

We applied a lower materiality of £1.0 million (2016: £1.0 million) to the 
balance of the share based payments to address better the accounts 
and disclosures that could reasonably be expected to influence the 
Company’s members’ assessment of the financial performance of 
the Group. 

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or 
uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £75,000, in addition 
to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds.

Our threshold for reporting identified misstatements is usually a 
maximum of 5% of group materiality. However, we deem that amounts 
of £75,000 (5.8% of group materiality) and below are clearly trivial to 
users of the financial statements, in line with our assessment in 2016 
and also on the basis that the financial statements are presented to 
the nearest hundred thousand pounds. 

Of the group’s 43 (2016: 43) reporting components, we subjected 9 
(2016: 10) to full scope audits for group purposes and 2 (2016: 3) to 
specified audit procedures. The latter were not individually financially 
significant enough to require a full scope audit for group purposes, 
nor were any specific risks identified in relation to them, but specified 
audit procedures were performed to increase coverage. We conducted 
reviews of financial information (including enquiry) at a further 2 (2016: 
0) non-significant components to increase coverage, and given that 
these entities are also subject to local statutory audit requirements. 

Our results:
We found the group’s assessment of the recoverability of the investments 
and debt due from Civil Engineering entities to be acceptable. 

For those items excluded from normalised group profit before tax, 
the component teams performed procedures on items relating to 
their components. The group team performed procedures on the 
remaining excluded items.

3 OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY AND AN 
OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT 

Materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was set at 
£1.3 million (2016: £2.6 million), determined in line with industry 
consensus with reference to a benchmark of group loss before tax of 
£19.7 million, normalised to exclude this year’s non-underlying items, 
other than amortisation of acquired intangible assets, of £46.7 million 
as disclosed in note 5, of which it represents 4.8% (2016: 8.6% of 
profit before tax, normalised to exclude the prior year’s non-underlying 
items, other than amortisation of acquired intangible assets, and 
averaging profit over the last three years for the Coated Technical 
Textiles segment due to production issues in 2016).

The reduction in amount of the benchmark since the prior year is a 
result of lower profit before tax and non-underlying items, and that we 
have not deemed it appropriate to normalise for profits in the Coated 
Technical Textiles segment in the current year, given that profits have 
not stabilised in 2017 as they were expected to. 

Materiality for the parent company financial statements as a whole 
was set at £1.1 million (2016: £1.9 million), determined with reference 
to a benchmark of company total assets, of which it represents 0.3% 
(2016: 0.7%). 

The components within the scope of our work accounted for the 
following percentages of the Group’s results.

Number of 
components

Group 
revenue

Total profits 
and losses 
that make up 
group profit 
before tax

Group total 
assets

Audits for group 
reporting purposes
Specified audit 
procedures
Total
Total 2016

9

2
11
13

74%

72%

50%

7%
81%
78%

7%
79%
84%

16%
66%
75%

The remaining 19% of total group revenue, 21% of total profits and 
losses that make up group profit before tax and 34% of total group 
assets is represented by 30 reporting components, none of which 
individually represented more than 4% of any of total group revenue, 
1% of total profits and losses that make up group profit before tax 
or 9% of total group assets. For these components, we performed 
analysis at an aggregated group level to re-examine our assessment 
that there were no significant risks of material misstatement within these.

82  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

The Group team instructed component auditors as to the significant 
areas to be covered, including the relevant risks detailed above 
and the information to be reported back. The Group team approved 
the component materialities, which ranged from £0.165 million to 
£1.125 million, having regard to the mix of size and risk profile of the 
Group across the components. The work on 5 of the 9 components 
(2016: 6 of the 11 components) was performed by component 
auditors and the rest, including the audit of the parent company, 
was performed by the Group team. 

The Group team visited 3 (2016: 2) component locations in Germany, 
Holland and Belgium (2016: Germany and Belgium) to assess the 
audit risk and strategy. Telephone conference meetings were also 
held with these component auditors and the majority of the others 
that were not physically visited. At these visits and meetings, the 
findings reported to the Group team were discussed in more detail, 
and any further work required by the Group team was then performed 
by the component auditor. 

4 WE HAVE NOTHING TO REPORT ON GOING CONCERN 

We are required to report to you if:

 ■ we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation 
to the directors’ statement in the Significant Accounting Policies 
note to the financial statements on the use of the going concern 
basis of accounting with no material uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt over the Group and Company’s use of that basis 
for a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of 
the financial statements; or 

 ■ the related statement under the Listing Rules set out on page 78 

is materially inconsistent with our audit knowledge. 

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

5 WE HAVE NOTHING TO REPORT ON THE OTHER 
INFORMATION IN THE ANNUAL REPORT 

The directors are responsible for the other information presented in 
the Annual Report together with the financial statements. Our opinion 
on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly 
stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, 
the information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that work 
we have not identified material misstatements in the other information. 

Strategic report and directors’ report 
Based solely on our work on the other information: 

 ■ we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic 

report and the directors’ report; 

 ■ in our opinion the information given in those reports for the financial 

year is consistent with the financial statements; and 

Directors’ remuneration report 
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to 
be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Disclosures of principal risks and longer-term viability 
Based on the knowledge we acquired during our financial statements 
audit, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to: 

 ■ the directors’ confirmation within the Viability Statement on page 
41 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its 
business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity; 

 ■ the Principal Risks disclosures describing these risks and 

explaining how they are being managed and mitigated; and 

 ■ the directors’ explanation in the Viability Statement of how they 
have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period 
they have done so and why they considered that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period 
of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the Viability 
Statement. We have nothing to report in this respect. 

Corporate governance disclosures 
We are required to report to you if: 

 ■ we have identified material inconsistencies between the knowledge 
we acquired during our financial statements audit and the directors’ 
statement that they consider that the annual report and financial 
statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy; or 

 ■ the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit 

Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated 
by us to the Audit Committee; or 

 ■ a corporate governance statement has not been prepared by the 

company. 

We are required to report to you if the Corporate Governance 
Statement does not properly disclose a departure from the eleven 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified by the 
Listing Rules for our review. 

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

Based solely on our work on the other information described above: 

 ■ with respect to the Corporate Governance Statement disclosures 
about internal control and risk management systems in relation to 
financial reporting processes and about share capital structures: 

 ■ we have not identified material misstatements therein; and 

 ■ in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance 

 ■ the information therein is consistent with the financial statements; and 

with the Companies Act 2006. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  83

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONIndependent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Low & Bonar plc continued

 ■ in our opinion, the Corporate Governance Statement has been 
prepared in accordance with relevant rules of the Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority.

6 WE HAVE NOTHING TO REPORT ON THE OTHER 
MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT 
BY EXCEPTION 

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion: 

 ■ adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 
Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or 

 ■ the parent Company financial statements and the part of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 

 ■ certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law 

are not made; or 

 ■ we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit. 

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

7 RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES 

Directors’ responsibilities 
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 80, 
the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial 
statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; 
such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and 
parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the 
Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or other irregularities (see below), or error, and to 
issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud, other irregularities 
or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions 
of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s 
website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

Irregularities – ability to detect
Our audit aimed to detect non-compliance with relevant laws and 
regulations (irregularities) that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements. In planning and performing our audit we 
considered the impact of laws and regulations in core areas such 
as financial reporting, and company and taxation legislation. We 
identified these areas through discussion with the directors and other 
management (as required by auditing standards), and from inspection 
of the group’s regulatory and legal correspondence. 

We considered the extent of compliance with those laws and 
regulations that directly affect the financial statements, being financial 
reporting, company and taxation legislation, as part of our procedures 
on the related financial statement items. For the remaining laws and 
regulations, we made enquiries of directors and other management 
(as required by auditing standards).

We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our team 
and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance throughout 
the audit. We considered the directors’ response to actual or potential 
breaches of laws and regulations. This included communication from 
the group to component audit teams with a request to report on any 
indications of potential existence of irregularities in any areas directly 
identified by the component team.

As with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-detection 
of irregularities, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. 

8 THE PURPOSE OF OUR AUDIT WORK AND TO 
WHOM WE OWE OUR RESPONSIBILITIES 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, 
for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Anthony Hambleton (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor  
Chartered Accountants

St Nicholas House  
Park Row 
Nottingham  
NG1 6FQ 

2 February 2018

84  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Consolidated Income Statement
for the year ended 30 November

Revenue
Operating profit/(loss)
Financial income
Financial expense
Net financing costs
Profit/(loss) before taxation
Taxation
Profit/(loss) after taxation
Profit/(loss) for the year from 
continuing operations
(Loss)/profit for the year from 
discontinued operations
Profit/(loss) for the year
Attributable to
Equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling interest

Earnings per share
Continuing operations:
Basic
Diluted
Discontinued operations:
Basic
Diluted
Total:
Basic
Diluted

Note

1

1

6

6

2

7

29

27

10

2017

Non-underlying 
(Note 5)
 £m
–
(50.4)
–
–
–
(50.4)
11.0
(39.4)

Underlying 
£m
446.5
35.5
0.1
(4.9)
(4.8)
30.7
(8.9)
21.8

2016

Non-underlying 
(Note 5)
£m
–
(3.3)
–
–
–
(3.3)
0.6
(2.7)

Underlying 
£m
400.0
34.7
0.2
(5.7)
(5.5)
29.2
(8.8)
20.4

Total 
£m
446.5
(14.9)
0.1
(4.9)
(4.8)
(19.7)
2.1
(17.6)

(2.7)

(3.7)
(6.4)

(6.4)
–
(6.4)

21.8

–
21.8

21.2
0.6
21.8

6.42p
6.32p

–
–

6.42p
6.32p

(39.4)

(17.6)

(1.0)
(40.4)

(40.4)
–
(40.4)

(1.0)
(18.6)

(19.2)
0.6
(18.6)

(5.56p)
(5.56p)

(0.30p)
(0.30p)

(5.86p)
(5.86p)

20.4

0.5
20.9

20.3
0.6
20.9

6.01p
5.95p

0.14p
0.14p

6.15p
6.09p

Total
£m
400.0
31.4
0.2
(5.7)
(5.5)
25.9
(8.2)
17.7

17.7

(3.2)
14.5

13.9
0.6
14.5

5.20p
5.15p

(0.98p)
(0.97p)

4.22p
4.18p

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  85

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONConsolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
for the year ended 30 November

(Loss)/profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Actuarial gain/(loss) on defined benefit pension schemes
Deferred tax on defined benefit pension schemes
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations, net of hedging
Exchange differences recycled from reserves
Total other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
Attributable to
Equity holders of the parent
Non-controlling interest
Total

Note

4

4

27

2017 
£m
(18.6)

9.8
(3.2)

–
–
6.6
(12.0)

(13.0)
1.0
(12.0)

2016 
£m
14.5

(11.8)
0.3

36.7
(1.7)
23.5
38.0

37.4
0.6
38.0

86  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Balance Sheets
as at 30 November

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in subsidiaries
Investment in joint venture
Investment in associates
Deferred tax assets
Other receivables
Post-employment benefits

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Current tax liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Net current assets
Total assets less current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Post-employment benefits
Other payables

Net assets
Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
Share capital
Share premium account
Translation reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to
Equity holders of the parent
Non-controlling interest
Total equity

Group

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

Company

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

Note

11

12

13

14

15

16

21

18

4

17

18

20

20

19

22

29

20

21

4

23

24

25

26

27

66.9
24.8
144.5
–
–
0.7
10.1
–
10.0
257.0

97.3
86.9
38.2
222.4

2.7
2.2
86.7
1.7
1.4
94.7
127.7
384.7

173.9
17.5
12.2
0.8
204.4
180.3

47.4
74.6
(26.4)
78.3

173.9
6.4
180.3

82.6
22.2
150.3
–
–
0.5
5.6
–
–
261.2

97.5
79.1
26.3
202.9

0.1
4.4
84.4
–
1.3
90.2
112.7
373.9

137.2
19.1
15.0
0.2
171.5
202.4

47.4
74.4
(26.0)
100.2

196.0
6.4
202.4

–
0.8
0.5
181.3
–
–
3.5
47.2
10.0
243.3

–
172.9
0.1
173.0

2.0
0.5
105.6
–
–
108.1
64.9
308.2

71.5
3.5
–
–
75.0
233.2

47.4
74.6
–
111.2

233.2
–
233.2

–
–
0.6
93.2
–
–
–
39.9
–
133.7

–
152.4
1.4
153.8

1.3
–
19.2
–
–
20.5
133.3
267.0

48.4
–
2.2
–
50.6
216.4

47.4
74.4
–
94.6

216.4
–
216.4

The consolidated financial statements on pages 85 to 133 were approved by the Board on 2 February 2018 and signed on its behalf by:

Trudy Schoolenberg 
Interim Group Chief Executive 

Philip de Klerk
Group Chief Financial Officer

2 February 2018 

2 February 2018

Registered number: SC008349

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  87

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONConsolidated Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 30 November

(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations
Loss for the year from discontinued operations
(Loss)/profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
Amortisation
Income tax (credit)/expense

Net financing costs
Provision for disposal of Bonar Natpet
Share of profit from associate
Loss on disposal of the grass yarns business
Loss on disposal of agro-textile business
Civil Engineering impairment charge
Non-cash pension charges
Increase in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
Decrease in trade and other payables
Increase/(decrease) in provisions
Loss/(gain) on disposal of non-current assets
Equity-settled share-based payment

Cash inflow from operations
Interest received
Interest paid
Tax paid
Pension cash contributions
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Proceeds from the disposal of the grass yarns business
Proceeds from the disposal of the agro-textile business
Acquisition of Walflor Industries Inc.
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets purchased
Net cash outflow from investing activities
Drawdown of borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Movement in cash flow hedges
Proceeds of share issues to employees
Equity dividends paid
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities
Net cash inflow/(outflow)
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year
Foreign exchange differences
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

88  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Note

28

2017 
£m
(17.6)
(1.0)
(18.6)

18.5
4.8
(2.1)

4.8
0.3
(0.2)
0.7
12.7
31.6
1.1
(9.2)
(10.3)
(0.1)
1.7
0.2
0.7
36.6
–
(4.4)
(10.3)
(4.4)
17.5
3.0
4.2
(3.4)
(28.7)
(5.7)
(30.6)
36.4
–
–
0.2
(10.0)
(1.0)
25.6
12.5
26.3
(0.6)
38.2

2016 
£m
17.7
(3.2)
14.5

15.8
5.2
8.2

5.5
1.3
–
1.3
–
–
1.0
(14.7)
1.7
(2.0)
(0.1)
(0.1)
0.9
38.5
0.1
(5.0)
(10.8)
(4.6)
18.2
21.7
–
–
(18.9)
(3.3)
(0.5)
17.8
(37.9)
0.1
0.2
(9.2)
(0.3)
(29.3)
(11.6)
33.9
4.0
26.3

Company Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 30 November

Profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
Income tax credit
Provision for investment impairment
Loss on disposal – non-current assets
Net financing income
Non-cash pension charges
(Increase)/decrease in receivables
Increase/(decrease) in payables
Equity-settled share-based payment
Cash inflow from operations
Interest received
Interest paid
Tax paid
Pension cash contributions
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Investment in subsidiary
Acquisition of intangible assets
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Net cash outflow from investing activities
Proceeds of share issues to employees
Drawdown/(repayment) of borrowings
Equity dividends paid
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities
Net cash outflow
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year
Foreign exchange differences
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Note

8

28

2017 
£m
20.1

0.1
(2.6)
–
–
(2.9)
0.6
(27.7)
86.1
0.7
74.4
5.0
(1.7)
–
(4.1)
73.6
(88.1)
(0.8)
–
(88.9)
0.2
23.8
(10.0)
14.0
(1.3)
1.4
–
0.1

2016 
£m
86.9

0.1
–
0.4
0.1
(1.8)
0.5
(20.9)
(6.7)
0.9
59.5
5.3
(4.3)
–
(4.0)
56.5
–
–
(0.7)
(0.7)
0.2
(50.6)
(9.2)
(59.6)
(3.8)
5.3
(0.1)
1.4

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  89

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONConsolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 November

At 30 November 2015
Total comprehensive income for the year
Dividends paid to Ordinary Shareholders
Dividends paid to Non-Controlling Interests
Shares issued
Disposal of equity participation in subsidiary
Share-based payment
Net increase/(decrease) for the year
At 30 November 2016
Total comprehensive (loss)/profit 
for the year
Dividends paid to Ordinary Shareholders
Dividends paid to Non-Controlling Interests
Shares issued
Share-based payment
Net increase/(decrease) for the year
At 30 November 2017

Share 
capital
 £m
47.4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
47.4

–
–
–
–
–
–
47.4

Share 
premium 
£m
74.2
–
–
–
0.2
–
–
0.2
74.4

–
–
–
0.2
–
0.2
74.6

Translation 
reserve 
£m
(61.0)
35.0
–
–
–
–
–
35.0
(26.0)

(0.4)
–
–
–
–
(0.4)
(26.4)

Equity 
attributable to 
equity holders 
of the parent 
£m
165.9
37.4
(9.2)
–
0.2
0.8
0.9
30.1
196.0

(13.0)
(10.0)
–
0.2
0.7
(22.1)
173.9

Retained 
earnings 
£m
105.3
2.4
(9.2)
–
–
0.8
0.9
(5.1)
100.2

(12.6)
(10.0)
–
–
0.7
(21.9)
78.3

Non-
controlling
 interest 
£m
6.1
0.6
–
(0.3)
–
–
–
0.3
6.4

1.0
–
(1.0)
–
–
–
6.4

Total 
equity 
£m
172.0
38.0
(9.2)
(0.3)
0.2
0.8
0.9
30.4
202.4

(12.0)
(10.0)
(1.0)
0.2
0.7
(22.1)
180.3

90  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Company Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 November

At 30 November 2015
Profit for the year
Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme
Dividends paid to Ordinary Shareholders
Shares issued
Share-based payment
Net increase for the year
At 30 November 2016
Profit for the year
Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme
Deferred tax on defined benefit pension scheme
Dividends paid to Ordinary Shareholders
Shares issued
Share-based payment
Net increase for the year
At 30 November 2017

Share 
capital 
£m
47.4
–
–
–
–
–
–
47.4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
47.4

Share 
premium 
£m
74.2
–
–
–
0.2
–
0.2
74.4
–
–
–
–
0.2
–
0.2
74.6

Retained 
earnings 
£m
27.1
86.9
(11.1)
(9.2)
–
0.9
67.5
94.6
20.1
8.9
(3.1)
(10.0)
–
0.7
16.6
111.2

Total 
equity 
£m 
148.7
86.9
(11.1)
(9.2)
0.2
0.9
67.7
216.4
20.1
8.9
(3.1)
(10.0)
0.2
0.7
16.8
233.2

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  91

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSignificant Accounting Policies

GENERAL INFORMATION

Low & Bonar PLC (the ‘Company’) is a public company, limited by 
shares, domiciled in Scotland and incorporated in Scotland under the 
Companies (Consolidation) Act 1908. The address of the registered 
office is Whitehall House, 33 Yeaman Shore, Dundee, DD1 4BJ. The 
management head office is One Connaught Place, London, W2 2ET.

Both the Parent Company financial statements and the Group 
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 
as adopted by the EU (‘adopted IFRS’). At the date of authorisation 
of these financial statements, there are a number of Standards, 
Interpretations and Amendments in issue but not yet effective 
and which have therefore not yet been applied in these financial 
statements (accounting policy W).

The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year 
ended 30 November 2017 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries 
(together referred to as the ‘Group’).

(A) BASIS OF PREPARATION

The financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, rounded 
to the nearest hundred thousand Pounds. They are prepared on the 
historical cost basis. UK company law requires directors to consider 
whether it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements on the 
basis that the Company and the Group are a going concern.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to 
affect its future development, performance and position, together with 
details of cash flows and borrowing requirements, are set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 4 to 44. The information contained in the 
Strategic Report and Note 20 to the financial statements sets out the 
Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital, 
financial risks and hedging activities together with its exposure to 
credit and liquidity risks. The Principal Risks and Uncertainties section 
on pages 42 to 44 provides further details of the key risks affecting the 
Group and Company.

The Group funds its day-to-day working capital requirements by using 
the facilities available to it (see Note 20). The Directors have reviewed 
the Group’s medium-term forecasts to determine whether the 
committed banking facilities are sufficient to support the Group’s 
projected liquidity requirements. The Directors have also considered 
whether the Group’s forecast earnings are sufficient to meet the 
covenants associated with its committed facilities.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the foreseeable future, and are not aware 
of any material uncertainties related to events or conditions that may 
cast significant doubt on the ability of the Company and the Group 
to continue as a going concern. Accordingly, they have continued to 
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

On publishing the Parent Company financial statements here together 
with the Group financial statements, the Company has taken advantage 
of the exemption in section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to 
present its individual income statement and related Notes which form 
a part of these approved financial statements.

The adopted IFRS applied by the Group in the preparation of these 
financial statements are those that were effective at 30 November 2017. 

(B) BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are those entities controlled by the Group. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial 
statements from the date that control commences until the date that 
control ceases. In the Parent Company financial statements, 
investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less impairment.

The interest of non-controlling interests is initially stated at the 
non-controlling interests’ share of the fair values of the identifiable 
assets and liabilities recognised on the date of acquisition. Subsequent 
to this acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interest is the 
amount of those interests at initial recognition plus the non-controlling 
interests’ share of subsequent changes in equity. Changes in the 
Group’s interest that do not result in a loss of control are accounted 
for as equity transactions. The carrying amount of the Group’s interests 
and the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the change in 
their relative interests in the subsidiaries. Any difference between the 
amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the 
fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognised directly 
in equity and attributed to the owners of the Company.

(ii) Associates
Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant 
influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. 
The consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of 
the total recognised gains and losses of associates on an equity-
accounted basis, from the date that significant influence commences 
until the date that significant influence ceases. When the Group’s 
share of losses exceeds its interest in an associate, the Group’s 
carrying amount is reduced to nil and recognition of further losses is 
discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or 
constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of an associate.

92  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

(B) BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION continued

(C) FOREIGN CURRENCY

(iii) Joint ventures
Joint ventures are those entities over whose activities the Group has 
joint control, established by contractual agreement.

The Group accounts for its joint ventures using the equity method. 
The investment in the joint venture is recognised initially at cost and 
is adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in the Group’s 
share of net assets of the joint venture. Where a joint venture is loss 
making, the Group accounts for its share of loss until the carrying 
value of the investment is reduced to zero. A share of further losses 
is only recognised to the extent that the Group has a legal or 
constructive obligation to do so.

(i) Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign 
exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet 
date are translated into Pounds Sterling at the foreign exchange rate 
ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation 
are recognised in the income statement. Non-monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value 
are translated into Pounds Sterling at exchange rates ruling at the date 
the fair values were determined. Non-monetary assets and liabilities 
that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency 
are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

(iv) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-Group balances and transactions and any unrealised gains 
arising from intra-Group transactions are eliminated in preparing 
the consolidated financial statements.

(v) Discontinued operations
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s businesses 
that represents a separate major line of business or geographical 
areaof operations that has been disposed of or is held for sale, or is a 
subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. Classification as 
a discontinued operation occurs upon disposal or when the operation 
meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale, if earlier. When an 
operation is classified as a discontinued operation, the comparative 
income statement is re-presented as if the operation had been 
discontinued from the start of the comparative period.

(ii) Translation of foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill 
and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated at 
foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The income 
statements of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for 
the period where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the date of the transactions. Exchange differences arising 
from the translation of foreign operations, and of related qualifying 
hedges, are taken to Other Comprehensive Income. They are released 
to the income statement upon disposal. Monetary items receivable 
from or payable to a foreign operation for which settlement is neither 
planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future are treated as 
part of the net investment in the foreign operation.

(D) HEDGING

(vi) Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using 
the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business 
combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum 
of the acquisition-date fair values of assets transferred by the Group, 
liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree 
and the equity interest issued by the Group in exchange for control of 
the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit or loss 
as incurred.

(i) Hedge of net investment in foreign operations
Exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment 
in foreign operations, and of related hedges, are taken to the translation 
reserve. They are released to the income statement upon disposal 
of the foreign operation.

In respect of all foreign operations, any differences that have arisen 
since 1 December 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, are presented 
as a separate component of equity in the Group financial statements. 

The Group tests effectiveness on a prospective and retrospective 
basis to ensure compliance with IAS 39.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  93

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION(E) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

(F) INTANGIBLE ASSETS

(i) Owned assets
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation (see below) and impairment losses (see 
accounting policy J). The cost of self-constructed assets includes 
the cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion 
of production overheads. Borrowing costs related to the acquisition 
or construction of qualifying assets are capitalised.

Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major 
components with different useful lives, the components are 
accounted for as separate items of plant, property and equipment.

(ii) Leased assets
Leases whereby the Company or the Group assumes substantially 
all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. 
Plant and equipment acquired by way of finance lease is stated at an 
amount equal to the lower of its fair value and the present value of the 
minimum lease payments at inception of the lease, less accumulated 
depreciation (see below) and impairment losses (see accounting 
policy J). Lease payments are accounted for as described in 
accounting policy Q. Where land and buildings are held under 
lease the accounting treatment of the land is considered separately 
from that of buildings.

(iii) Subsequent expenditure
The Company and the Group recognise in the carrying amount of 
an item of property, plant and equipment the cost of replacing part 
of such an item when that cost is incurred, if it is probable that the 
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the 
Company or the Group and the cost of the item can be measured 
reliably. Subsequent costs are capitalised if it is probable that the 
future economic benefits will flow to the entity, and the costs can 
be reliably measured.

(iv) Depreciation
Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of items of property, plant and 
equipment and major components that are accounted for separately. 
Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives for significant classes of assets are 
as follows:

– property 

10–50 years

– plant and equipment 

3–15 years

For other assets, the useful economic lives are: 

– fixtures and fittings 

– computer hardware 

– tooling 

– motor vehicles 

3–7 years

2–5 years

1–5 years

3–5 years

(i) Goodwill
Goodwill is recognised only in a business combination and is measured 
as a residual. Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the 
consideration paid over the share of the identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is stated at deemed cost less any accumulated impairment 
losses (see accounting policy J).

(ii) Research and development
Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect 
of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, 
is recognised in the income statement when it is incurred.

Expenditure on development activities, where research findings are 
applied to a plan or design for the production of new or substantially 
improved products and processes, is capitalised if the product 
or process is technically and commercially feasible and the Group 
has sufficient resources to complete development, future economic 
benefits are probable and if the Group can measure reliably the 
expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its 
development. The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of 
materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads. 
Other development expenditure is recognised in the income 
statement as an expense is incurred. Capitalised development 
expenditure is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses (see accounting policy J).

(iii) Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated 
at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses (see 
accounting policy J). Expenditure on internally generated goodwill 
and brands is recognised in the income statement when it is incurred.

(iv) Amortisation
Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets unless such 
lives are indefinite. Goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite 
life are not amortised but are systematically tested for impairment 
annually and further tested at each balance sheet date if there 
is any evidence of potential impairment. Other intangible assets 
are amortised from the date that they are available for use.

The estimated useful lives of the identified intangible assets are 
as follows:

– technology based 

– customer relationships 

– marketing related 

– order backlog 

5–10 years

4–11 years

10 years

3 months

– non-compete agreements 

4–5 years

– computer software 

3–5 years

– research and development 

5–7 years

94  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Significant Accounting Policies continued(G) TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value 
and thereafter stated at their amortised cost less impairment losses 
(see accounting policy J).

(H) INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net 
realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of 
business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.

The cost of inventories is based on the first-in first-out principle and 
includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and bringing 
them to their existing location and condition. In the case of manufactured 
inventories and work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share 
of overheads based on normal operating capacity.

(I) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. 
Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral 
part of the Company’s or the Group’s cash management are included 
as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the 
Cash Flow Statement.

(J) IMPAIRMENT

The carrying amounts of the Company’s and the Group’s assets, 
other than inventories (accounting policy H), and deferred tax assets 
(accounting policy S) are reviewed at each balance sheet date to 
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such 
indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For 
goodwill, assets that have an indefinite useful life and intangible assets 
that are not yet available for use, the recoverable amount is estimated 
at each balance sheet date. An impairment loss is recognised 
whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash generating 
unit exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses recognised 
in respect of cash generating units are allocated first to reduce the 
carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the group of cash 
generating units and then to reduce the carrying amount of other 
assets in the unit (group of units) on a pro rata basis. Impairment 
losses are recognised in the income statement.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversible. Other 
impairment losses are reversed only to the extent that the asset’s 
carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would 
have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no 
impairment loss had been recognised.

(i) Calculation of recoverable amount
Receivables with a short duration are not discounted.

The recoverable amount of other assets is the greater of their fair 
value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, 
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value 
using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assumptions 
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For 
an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, 
the recoverable amount is determined for the cash generating unit 
to which the asset belongs.

(K) SHARE CAPITAL

(i) Preference share capital
Financial instruments issued by the Company are treated as equity 
only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions: they 
include no contractual obligations upon the Company to deliver cash 
or other financial assets or to exchange financial assets or financial 
liabilities with another party under conditions that are potentially 
unfavourable to the Company; and where the instrument will or may 
be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a 
non-derivative that includes no obligation to deliver a variable number 
of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will be 
settled by the Company exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other 
financial assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

To the extent that this definition is not met, the proceeds of issue are 
classified as a financial liability. Where the instrument so classified takes 
the legal form of the Company’s own shares, the amounts presented 
in these financial statements for called up share capital and share 
premium account exclude amounts in relation to those shares.

Finance payments associated with financial liabilities are dealt with as 
part of financial expenses. Finance payments associated with financial 
instruments that are classified in equity are dividends, and are 
recorded directly in equity.

(ii) Dividends
Dividends on redeemable Preference Shares are recognised as 
a liability on an accruals basis. Dividends on Ordinary Shares are 
recognised as a liability in the period in which they are declared. 
Dividend income is recognised in the income statement on the 
date that the dividend is declared.

(iii) Equity transaction costs
Directly attributable and incremental transaction costs of an equity 
transaction are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any 
related income tax benefit.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  95

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION(L) INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS

Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, 
less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any 
difference between cost and redemption value being recognised 
in the income statement over the period of the borrowings on an 
effective-interest basis.

(M) EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company and the Group operate defined benefit pension plans 
and defined contribution pension plans. The Company also offers 
share-based compensation benefits to certain employees of the Group.

(i) Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution pension plan is one under which fixed 
contributions are paid to a third party. The Company and the Group 
have no further payment obligations once these contributions have 
been paid. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution 
pension plans are recognised as an expense in the income statement 
as incurred.

(ii) Defined benefit plans
A defined benefit pension plan is one that specifies the amount of 
pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement. The 
Company’s and the Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit 
pension plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the 
amount of future benefits that employees have earned in return for their 
service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to 
determine the present value, and the fair value of any plan assets is 
deducted. The discount rate is the yield at the balance sheet date on 
AA credit-rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating to the 
terms of the Company’s or the Group’s obligations. The calculation is 
performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method.

Where the calculation results in a benefit to the Company or the Group, 
the recognised asset is limited to the present value of any future 
refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.

The Group determines the extent to which payments made which fulfil 
obligations to make future contributions to cover an existing shortfall 
will be available as a refund or reduction in future contributions after 
they are paid in to the plan. To the extent that the contributions 
payable will not be available after they are paid in to the plan, 
the Group recognises a liability when the obligation arises.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in Other 
Comprehensive Income.

(iii) Equity and equity-related compensation benefits
The Company and Group have applied the requirements of IFRS 2. 
In accordance with the exemption available within the transitional 
provisions of IFRS 1, IFRS 2 has been applied to all grants of equity 
instruments after 7 November 2002 that were unvested as of 1 
January 2005.

The Company operates various equity-settled and cash-settled share 
option schemes. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured 
at fair value at the date of the grant, and the fair value determined at 
the grant date of these payments is expensed on a straight-line basis 
over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares that 
will eventually vest. Fair value is measured taking into account market 
conditions and by use of the Black-Scholes model or a Stochastic 
model, as appropriate. Measurement inputs include share price at 
the measurement date, exercise price of the instrument, expected 
volatility (based on historic volatility patterns), the expected dividend 
yield and the risk-free interest rate (calculated based on UK Gilts with 
a term commensurate with the expected term remaining of the 
performance period at grant). The fair values of cash-settled payments 
are re-measured at each balance sheet date and the cost of these 
payments is recognised over the vesting period, taking into account 
the re-measurement of fair value at each balance sheet date.

The Low & Bonar 1995 Employees’ Share Ownership Plan Trust (the 
‘ESOP’) purchases shares in the Company in order to satisfy awards 
made under the Company’s Long-term Incentive Plan. Shares held by 
the ESOP are treated as treasury shares and a deduction is computed in 
the Company’s issued share capital for the purposes of calculating EPS.

(N) PROVISIONS

A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Company or 
the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of 
a past event, it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be 
required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of 
the obligation. Provisions for restructuring costs are recognised when 
the Group has a detailed formal plan for the restructuring that has 
been communicated to the affected parties.

(O) TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value and 
thereafter stated at their amortised cost. They are not interest-bearing.

96  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Significant Accounting Policies continued(P) REVENUE

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received 
or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods provided 
in the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT and other 
sales related taxes. Revenue is reduced for estimated customer 
returns, rebates and other similar allowances.

Sales of goods are recognised when the Group has transferred the 
significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods to the buyer 
(which is predominantly on despatch as most items are sold on a 
Cost includes freight basis), the amount of revenue can be measured 
reliably, and it is probable that the economic benefits of the 
transaction will flow to the Group.

(Q) EXPENSES

(i) Operating lease payments
Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease 
incentives are recognised in the income statement as an integral part 
of the total lease expense.

(ii) Finance lease payments
Payments made under finance leases are apportioned between 
finance charges and the reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve 
a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

(iii) Net financing costs
Net financing costs comprise interest payable on borrowings 
calculated using the effective-interest rate method, dividends on 
redeemable preference shares, net interest in respect of defined 
benefit pension assets and liabilities, interest receivable on funds 
invested, dividend income and gains and losses on hedging 
instruments that are recognised in the income statement (see 
accounting policy D). Interest income is recognised in the income 
statement as it accrues, using the effective interest rate.

(R) NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS

As permitted by IAS 1 (Revised): Presentation of Financial Statements, 
certain items are presented separately. The items that the Group 
separately presents as non-underlying on the face of the income 
statement are those material items of income and expense which 
because of the nature or expected infrequency of the events giving 
rise to them, merit separate presentation to allow shareholders to 
understand better the elements of financial performance in the year, 
so as to facilitate comparison with prior periods and to assess better 
trends in financial performance.

The following items are routinely classified as non-underlying:

 ■ Impairments and write-offs are deemed to be non-underlying 
in nature. This includes impairments of tangible and intangible 
assets. Other non-routine write offs/write downs, where deemed 
material, are also included in this category.

 ■ Amortisation of acquired intangible assets.

 ■ The initial recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses due 
to a change in profit projections is treated as non-underlying due 
to the irregularity and size of the adjustments, and the distorting 
impact this would otherwise have on the underlying effective tax 
rate. 

(S) TAXATION

Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and 
deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in Other 
Comprehensive Income or directly in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for 
the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect 
of previous years. 

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, 
providing for timing differences between the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts 
used for taxation purposes. 

The following timing differences are not provided for: the initial 
recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor 
taxable profit; and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries 
to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal 
of the timing difference and it is probable that the timing difference 
will not reverse in the future. The amount of deferred tax provided 
is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of 
the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted 
or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable 
that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can 
be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  97

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONTaxation
The Group has a number of taxation judgements to consider including 
the recoverability of deferred tax assets, the assessment of the 
corporation tax in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates and the 
total provision for income tax based on management’s interpretation 
of country-specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. 
Management evaluates each of these risks on a case by case basis 
and regularly re-evaluates their assessment of the likely outcome 
based on the latest fact pattern and information. Included in current 
tax liabilities is an amount of £3.5m (2016: £2.9m) in respect of 
uncertain tax positions.

In addition, the recognition and measurement of deferred tax requires 
the application of judgement in assessing the amount, timing and 
probability of future taxable profits and repatriation of retained earnings. 
These factors affect the determination of the appropriate rates of tax to 
apply and the recoverability of deferred tax assets. These judgements 
are influenced, inter alia, by factors such as estimates of future 
performance of the Group’s operations, future capital expenditure and 
dividend policies. See note 21 for the Group’s deferred tax disclosures.

(ii) Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Retirement benefit schemes
The expected costs of providing pensions and post employment 
benefits under defined benefit arrangements relating to employee 
service during the period are determined based on financial and 
actuarial assumptions. Note 4 outlines the key assumptions used to 
value the Group’s post-employment obligations and the sensitivity of 
obligations to changes in these assumptions. The key assumptions 
include the discount rate, the rate of inflation, the mortality assumptions 
and the rate of future pension increases. Measurement of the UK 
Scheme’s defined benefit obligation is particularly sensitive to 
changes in certain key assumptions including the discount rate. 
An increase or decrease of 0.5% in the discount rate would result 
in a decrease or increase in the defined benefit obligation of 
c £10.2m – £11.5m (2016: £11.1m – £12.5m) respectively.

(T) SEGMENT REPORTING

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the 
internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker and 
used to assess performance and allocate resources on an appropriate 
basis. The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the 
Board of Directors.

(U) SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires 
management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical experience and various other 
factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, 
the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about 
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent 
from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an 
ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in 
the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only 
that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the 
revision affects both current and future periods.

(i) Critical accounting judgements
Recoverability of goodwill, intangible assets and property, 
plant & equipment
In performing the impairment reviews, the Group assesses the 
recoverable amount of its operating assets principally with reference 
to value in use, assessed using discounted cash flow models. These 
models are subject to estimation uncertainty and there is judgement 
in determining the assumptions that are considered to be reasonable 
and consistent with those that would be applied by market 
participants as outlined below.

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there are any 
indicators that its assets and groups of cash generating units (CGUs) 
may be impaired. Operating and economic assumptions, which could 
affect the valuation of assets using discounted cash flows, are updated 
regularly as part of the Group’s planning and forecasting processes. 
Judgement is therefore required to determine whether the updates 
represent significant changes in the service potential of an asset or 
CGU, and are therefore indicators of impairment or impairment 
reversal. The judgement also takes into account the Group’s long-term 
economic forecasts, market consensus and sensitivity analysis of 
the discounted cash flow models used to value the Group’s asset.

98  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Significant Accounting Policies continued(U) SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES 
continued

Calculations of value in use and fair value less costs to sell used 
in impairment testing
The impairment tests undertaken with respect to goodwill, intangible 
assets and property, plant and equipment (Notes 11, 12 and 13) use 
commercial judgement and key assumptions and estimates including 
the discount rate, the long-term growth rate and the cash flow 
projections to be used. Estimating a value in use amount requires 
management to make an estimate of the future expected cash flows 
from each group of cash generating unit and also to choose a suitable 
discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows.

 ■ Amendment to IAS 7: Disclosure initiative – not yet endorsed 

by the EU

 ■ Amendment to IAS 12: Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for 

Unrealised Losses 

 ■ Clarifications to IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts with 

Customers – not yet endorsed by the EU

 ■ IFRIC Interpretation 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and 

Advance consideration - not yet endorsed by the EU

 ■ Amendments to IAS 40 Investment Property - not yet endorsed 

by the EU

(V) FINANCIAL GUARANTEE CONTRACTS

Where the Company enters into contracts to guarantee the 
indebtedness of other companies within the Group, these are 
considered to be insurance arrangements and are accounted for 
as such. In this respect, the Company treats the guarantee contract 
as a contingent liability unless it becomes probable that the Group 
will be required to make a payment under the guarantee.

(W) NEW IFRS NOT YET APPLIED

On the date on which these financial statements were authorised 
the following Standards, Interpretations and Amendments had been 
issued but were not effective for the year ended 30 November 2017 
(and in some cases had not yet been adopted by the EU) and have 
not yet been adopted by the Group:

 ■ IFRS 9: Financial Instruments and additions to IFRS 9 

(issued July 2014)

 ■ IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 ■ IFRS 16: Leases – not yet endorsed by the EU

 ■ IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Increase Tax Treatments - not yet 

endorsed by the EU

 ■ Amendments to IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint 

Ventures - not yet endorsed

 ■ IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts - not yet endorsed

It is anticipated that adoption of these Standards and Interpretations 
in future periods will not have a material impact on the Group’s 
financial results except for the following standards that may alter 
measurement and disclosure:

 ■ IFRS 9: Financial Instruments and additions to IFRS 9

 ■ IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

 ■ IFRS 16: Leases

Beyond the information above, it is not practicable to provide a 
reasonable estimate of the effect of these standards until a detailed 
review has been completed.

 ■ Amendments to IFRS 2: Classification and measurement of 

Share-based Payment Transactions – not yet endorsed by the EU

 ■ Amendments to IFRS 4: Applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments 
with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts – not yet endorsed by the EU

 ■ Annual Improvements to IFRSs – 2014-2016 Cycle - not yet 

endorsed

(X) ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

The Group uses certain alternative performance measures to enhance 
the understanding of underlying business performance, and to be 
consistent with its communication with investors. These are detailed 
in Note 37, together with reconciliations to the statutory figures 
contained in these financial statements.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  99

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONNotes to the Accounts

1. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

The Group’s principal activities are in the international manufacturing and supply of those performance materials commonly referred to 
as technical textiles. For the purposes of management reporting to the chief operating decision maker, the Group is split into four reportable 
business units: Building & Industrial, Civil Engineering, Coated Technical Textiles and Interiors & Transportation. These segments consist of 
operating segments with similar economic characteristics, products and services, manufacturing processes and customer types. Segment 
assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to segments as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Unallocated 
items comprise mainly cash and cash equivalents, interest-bearing loans, borrowings, investments in joint ventures and associates, post-
employment benefits and corporate assets and expenses. Inter-segment sales are not material.

Revenue from external customers

Building & Industrial
Civil Engineering
Coated Technical Textiles
Interiors & Transportation
Revenue for the year

Operating profit/(loss)

Building & Industrial
Civil Engineering
Coated Technical Textiles
Interiors & Transportation
Unallocated central
Total

Return on sales/operating margin*

Building & Industrial
Civil Engineering
Coated Technical Textiles
Interiors & Transportation
Total

2017 
£m
85.9
102.0
138.3
120.3
446.5

Underlying

Non-underlying

Total

2017 
£m
12.4
0.1
9.3
19.1
(5.4)
35.5

2016 
£m
10.9
4.2
8.7
17.1
(6.2)
34.7

2017 
£m
(13.7)
(31.6)
(3.0)
–
(2.1)
(50.4)

2016 
£m
(0.1)
(0.5)
(2.8)
0.5
(0.4)
(3.3)

2017 
£m
(1.3)
(31.5)
6.3
19.1
(7.5)
(14.9)

2016 
£m
73.4
90.8
129.8
106.0
400.0

2016 
£m
10.8
3.7
5.9
17.6
(6.6)
31.4

2017 

2016 

14.4%
0.1%
6.7%
15.9%
8.0%

14.9%
4.6%
6.7%
16.1%
8.7%

* Return on sales/operating margin for each segment is calculated by dividing each segment’s underlying operating profit by its revenue from external customers

100  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

1. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION continued

Segment information – Constant currency analyses
Constant currency analyses retranslate prior year results at the current year’s rates of exchange. Management believe this allows a better 
understanding of underlying business performance.

Revenue
Building & Industrial
Civil Engineering
Coated Technical Textiles
Interiors & Transportation
Revenue for the year

Underlying profit before tax from continuing operations
Building & Industrial
Civil Engineering
Coated Technical Textiles
Interiors & Transportation
Unallocated Central
Underlying operating profit
Net financing costs
Total

1  Including Walflor Industries Inc. 

Segment assets, liabilities, other information

2017 
£m

85.9
102.0
138.3
120.3
446.5

12.4
0.1
9.3
19.1
(5.4)
35.5
(4.8)
30.7

2016 
(reported) 

£m

 Year on 
year change 
%

2016 
(constant 
currency) 

£m

Year on 
year change 
%

73.4
90.8
129.8
106.0
400.0

10.9
4.2
8.7
17.1
(6.2)
34.7
(5.5)
29.2

+17.0%
+12.3%
+6.5%
+13.5%
+11.6%

+13.8%
-97.6%
+6.9%
+11.7%
-12.9%
+2.3%
-12.7%
+5.1%

78.4
97.2
139.3
112.3
427.2

11.7
4.4
9.2
18.1
(6.2)
37.2
(5.8)
31.4

2017
Reportable segment assets
Investment in associates
Cash and cash equivalents
Post-employment benefits
Other unallocated assets
Total Group assets
Reportable segment liabilities
Loans and borrowings
Derivative liabilities
Post-employment benefits
Other unallocated liabilities
Total Group liabilities
Other information
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Additions to intangible assets and goodwill
Depreciation
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Non-underlying items – continuing operations

Building & 
Industrial 
£m
67.3

Civil 
Engineering 
£m
52.8

Coated 
Technical 
Textiles 
£m
154.0

Interiors & 
Transportation 
£m
145.5

Unallocated 
Central 
£m
0.8

(15.4)

(17.4)

(26.1)

(30.1)

–

3.0
5.3
(3.6)
(0.6)
(13.1)

2.6
1.6
(3.0)
(0.1)
(31.5)

3.0
0.1
(3.6)
(3.0)
–

20.7
1.6
(8.2)
–
–

–
0.8
(0.1)
–
(2.1)

+9.6% 1
+4.9%
-0.7%
+7.1%
+4.5%

+6.0%
-97.7%
+1.1%
+5.5%
-12.9%
-4.6%
-17.2%
-2.2%

Total 
£m
420.4
0.7
38.2
10.0
10.1
479.4
(89.0)
(176.6)
–
(12.2)
(21.3)
(299.1)

29.3
9.4
(18.5)
(3.7)
(46.7)

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  101

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION1. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION continued

2016
Reportable segment assets
Investment in associates
Cash and cash equivalents
Post-employment benefits
Other unallocated assets
Total Group assets
Reportable segment liabilities
Loans and borrowings
Derivative liabilities
Post-employment benefits
Other unallocated liabilities
Total Group liabilities
Other information
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Additions to intangible assets and goodwill
Depreciation
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Non-underlying items – continuing operations

Building & 
Industrial 
£m
64.2

Civil 
Engineering 
£m
83.4

Coated 
Technical 
Textiles 
£m
145.7

Interiors & 
Transportation 
£m
127.0

Unallocated 
Central 
£m
–

(17.2)

(17.7)

(24.2)

(25.4)

–

1.6
1.0
(2.6)
(0.5)
0.4

4.6
1.0
(2.6)
(0.5)
–

2.2
0.2
(3.3)
(2.8)
–

9.4
1.1
(7.1)
(0.2)
0.7

0.7
–
(0.2)
–
(0.4)

Total 
£m
420.3
0.5
26.3
—
17.0
464.1
(84.5)
(137.3)
—
(15.0)
(24.9)
(261.7)

18.5
3.3
(15.8)
(4.0)
0.7

The geographical analysis of external revenue by location of customers and non-current assets by location of assets, as presented to the chief 
operating decision-maker, is as follows:

Western Europe
Eastern Europe
North America
Middle East
Asia
Rest of the World
Total

External revenue by  
location of customers

Non-current assets  
by location of assets

2017 
£m
239.0
42.3
98.5
14.9
37.0
14.8
446.5

2017 
%
53.5
9.5
22.1
3.3
8.3
3.3
100.0

2016 
£m
219.2
36.0
89.2
12.4
32.5
10.7
400.0

2016 
%
54.8
9.0
22.3
3.1
8.1
2.7
100.0

2017 
£m
165.6
18.3
26.3
–
46.8
–
257.0

2016 
£m
179.5
17.7
28.4
0.1
35.5
–
261.2

Revenues arising in the UK, which is the parent Company’s country of domicile, were £21.7m (2016: £15.6m). The net book value of non-current 
assets located in the UK at 30 November 2017 was £12.4m (2016: £2.1m). In the current and prior year more than 10% of the Group’s revenues 
arose in Germany. The net book value of non-current assets located in Germany at 30 November 2017 was £78.0m (2016: £76.1m) and 
revenues in the year to 30 November 2017 were £72.6m (2016: £69.5m).

102  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued2. PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAXATION

Auditor’s remuneration
During the year the Group obtained the following services from its 
auditor at costs detailed below:

Total operating costs
Comprises:
Cost of sales
Distribution costs
Administrative and other costs

Other operating costs
Research and development 
expenditure recognised as an expense
Non-underlying items
Total operating costs above include:
Staff costs
Inventories

 Cost of inventories 
recognised as an expense
 Write down of inventories 
recognised as an expense
 Change in provisions 
held against inventories
Depreciation of property, 
plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Exchange differences recognised 
as a loss/(gain)
Loss/(gain) on disposal of non-current 
assets
Amounts payable under 
operating leases:

Property
Plant and equipment

2017 
£m
461.4

320.4
41.9
42.8

3.3

6.2
46.7

2016 
£m
368.6

279.0
37.5
44.8

2.8

5.1
(0.7)

Fees payable to the Company’s 
auditor and their associates 
for the audit of the Company’s 
annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company’s 
auditor and their associates for 
other services to the Group:
The audit of the Company’s 
subsidiaries

105.8

94.3

Non-audit services:

186.1

178.1

Corporate tax compliance
Corporate tax consultancy
Other non-audit services

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

0.1

0.1

0.4

–
–
–

0.4

–
0.2
–

0.6

1.1

18.5
4.8

1.3

0.2

3.6
1.9

0.3

(0.1)

15.8
5.2

(0.6)

(0.1)

3.5
1.9

The total amount paid to the auditor was £0.5m (2016: £0.7m).

3. STAFF NUMBERS AND COSTS

The average number of persons employed by the Group during the 
year including Executive Directors was:

Production
Sales
Administrative
Total

Group

2017
1,565
289
313
2,167

2016
1,590
292
281
2,163

The balance of operating costs relates to other external charges.

The average number of people employed by the Company during the 
year was 19 (2016: 21).

These non-underlying items, which are outlined in detail in note 5, 
have all been charged to ‘Other operating costs’ with the exception 
of the pension administration costs of £0.2m (2016: £0.1m) which 
have been charged to ‘Administration and other costs’.

The aggregate staff costs were:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs
Total

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs
Total

Group

2017
£m
85.3
16.5
4.0
105.8

Company

2017
£m
3.4
0.4
0.2
4.0

2016
£m
75.3
15.5
3.5
94.3

2016
£m
3.1
0.4
0.2
3.7

The Directors of the Company are listed on pages 48 and 49.

The increase in Group staff costs is due to 2.8% average wage inflation, 
a change in the mix of employee roles and foreign exchange effects.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  103

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION4. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

The Group operates a number of pension schemes in the UK and 
overseas. These are either defined benefit or defined contribution in 
nature. The assets of all the schemes are held separately from those 
of the Group.

(a) Defined contribution schemes
Various defined contribution pension schemes exist around the 
Group. These are accounted for on a contribution payable basis. 
The total cost charged to income in respect of defined contribution 
pension schemes was £2.7m (2016: £2.5m).

(b) Defined benefit schemes
(i) United Kingdom
The UK defined benefit scheme is a funded pension scheme, 
closed to future accrual of benefits, providing benefits linked to inflation. 
The scheme is subject to the regulatory requirements that apply to 
registered UK pension schemes, and a Trustee board is responsible 
for ensuring it is operated in a manner compliant with the relevant 
regulations. The weighted duration of the expected benefit payments 
from the scheme is around 15 years.

The net income statement charge for the year ended 30 November 
2017 for the UK pension scheme was £0.7m (2016: £0.3m).

The UK defined benefit scheme (the ‘Scheme’) was independently 
valued by a qualified actuary at 31 March 2014 using the projected 
unit method. The main assumption in carrying out the valuation was 
for investment returns of 5.4% per annum in respect of investments 
in higher risk assets and 3.65% in respect of lower risk assets. 
At 31 March 2014, the total market value of assets in the UK scheme 
was £159.9m. The overall level of funding was 84.3%. The Scheme 
is held by the Company and all of the UK disclosures relate to the 
Company and the Group.

Following the 2014 valuation of the UK Scheme, the Company agreed 
a schedule of contributions with the Trustee of the Scheme under 
which the Company pays contributions of £3.3m by 30 June 2014 
and then £3.8m per annum by no later than 30 June each year until 
2021 and a final payment of £0.5m by 30 June 2022. The Company 
is required to make further contributions to the UK scheme if the 
Group’s net cash inflow before distributions exceeds certain agreed 
levels provided that the total contributions payable in any one year 
are no more than £4.0m in 2015, £4.2m in 2016 and £4.3m thereafter 
and the total contributions payable under the revised schedule do 
not exceed £30.4m.

In applying IAS 19, the Company has considered the requirements 
of IFRIC 14 and whether the Company has an ‘unconditional right’ to 
a refund of surplus, in particular assuming the gradual settlement of 
the Scheme liabilities over time until all members have left the Scheme 
(i.e. on the death of the last beneficiary). The company has concluded 
that it does have an effective unconditional right to a refund under 
these circumstances, and on these grounds IFRIC 14 does not require 
an adjustment to the net pension liability.

On 3 December 2015, the Group completed a medically-underwritten 
buy-in of £34m of UK Scheme liabilities, to reduce the Scheme’s 
exposure to interest rate, inflation and mortality risks and to provide 
a more effective liability and cash flow match. Following this, the 
Company has agreed with the Trustee of the Scheme to establish 
a revised schedule of contributions for the Scheme to increase the 
amount of the annual contributions payable above by £175,000 per 
annum. The buy-in policy provides an exact match to the benefits 
of the members covered, and is valued as equal to the present 
value of the defined benefit obligation for those members.

There is a risk that the Group may be required to increase its 
contributions into its defined benefit pension schemes to cover 
funding shortfalls. The funding may be affected by poor investment 
performance of pension fund investments, changes in the discount 
rate applied and longer life expectancy of members. This risk is 
mitigated by the main Group scheme being closed to new members 
and by actions taken to reduce investment risk, including the purchase 
of a buy-in policy. Regular dialogue also takes place with the Scheme 
Trustee, and the Board regularly discusses pension fund strategy.

(ii) Non-UK
Defined benefit schemes are held in Germany, Belgium and the 
United States. Further disclosure on these schemes is detailed below. 
Given the relative immateriality of these schemes their results have 
been combined in the following disclosures. Defined benefit schemes 
also exist in the Group’s Dutch businesses, which are members of an 
industry-wide scheme; it is not possible to separately identify assets 
and liabilities and therefore these schemes are accounted for on a 
contribution payable basis. 

(iii) Financial assumptions
Management determines the assumptions to be adopted in discussion 
with their actuaries. The application of different assumptions could 
have a significant effect on the amounts reflected in the consolidated 
income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income and the balance sheet in respect of post-employment benefits. 
The valuations require the exercise of judgement in relation to various 
assumptions, including the discount rate, future pension increases and 
employee and pensioner demographics. The assumptions vary among 
the countries in which the Group operates and there may be an 
inter-dependency between some of the assumptions.

104  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued4. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS continued

The financial assumptions used to estimate defined benefit obligations are:

Discount rate
Future salary increases
Future pension increases
Inflation increase (Consumer Price Inflation)
Health care cost trend – immediate
Health care cost trend – ultimate

UK schemes

Non-UK schemes 
Weighted average 
assumptions

2017 
%
2.50
–
3.10
2.10
–
–

2016 
%
2.80
–
3.10
2.20
–
–

2017 
%
2.75
2.25
1.80
2.00
6.60
4.50

2016 
%
2.75
2.25
1.80
2.00
6.60
4.50

In assessing the Group’s post-employment liabilities, management monitor mortality assumptions and use up-to-date mortality tables. 
Allowance is made for expected future increases in life expectancy. The figures assume that a UK Scheme male member, currently aged 65, 
will survive a further 21.6 years and a female member for a further 23.5 years (2016: male – 21.6 years, female – 23.7 years). They also assume 
that a UK Scheme male member currently aged 45, will survive a further 43.0 years and a female member for a further 45.0 years (2016: male – 
43.4 years, female – 45.6 years). Management consider that the assumptions used are appropriate approximations to the life expectancy 
of Scheme members in the light of scheme-specific experience and more widely available statistics.

(iv) Financial impact of schemes
The total amount recognised for defined benefit schemes is as follows:

Fair value of scheme assets
Present value of defined benefit obligations
Net asset/(liability) recognised in the balance sheet

UK schemes

Non-UK schemes

Total

2017 
£m
193.4
(183.4)
10.0

2016 
£m
188.2
(190.4)
(2.2)

2017 
£m
10.9
(23.1)
(12.2)

2016 
£m
11.8
(24.6)
(12.8)

2017 
£m
204.3
(206.5)
(2.2)

2016 
£m
200.0
(215.0)
(15.0)

Amounts recognised as a charge to the income statement in respect of the defined benefit pension schemes are as follows:

Current service cost
Net interest (income)/cost
Administration costs

UK schemes

Non-UK schemes

Total

2017 
£m
–
–
0.7
0.7

2016 
£m
–
(0.2)
0.5
0.3

2017 
£m
0.4
0.2
–
0.6

2016 
£m
0.4
0.3
–
0.7

2017 
£m
0.4
0.2
0.7
1.3

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income are as follows:

Net actuarial gain/(loss) in the year due to:
– Changes in financial assumptions

– Changes in demographic assumptions

– Experience adjustments on benefit obligations

Actual return on scheme assets less interest on scheme assets
Associated deferred tax

Group

Company

2017 
£m
9.8
(3.9)

2.2

4.9

6.6
(3.2)

2016 
£m
(11.8)
(23.8)

0.3

2.0

9.7
0.3

2017 
£m
8.9
(4.6)

2.1

4.7

6.7
(3.1)

2016 
£m
0.4
0.1
0.5
1.0

2016 
£m
(11.1)
(22.7)

–

1.9

9.7
–

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  105

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION4. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS continued

The changes in the net assets/(liabilities) recognised in the balance sheet are as follows:

Opening balance sheet (liability)/asset
Amount recognised in income statement
Amount recognised in other comprehensive income
Contributions paid
Exchange gain
Closing balance sheet asset/(liability)

UK schemes

Non-UK schemes

Total

2017
£m
(2.2)
(0.7)
8.9
4.0
–
10.0

2016
£m
5.2
(0.3)
(11.1)
4.0
–
(2.2)

2017
£m
(12.8)
(0.6)
0.9
0.4
(0.1)
(12.2)

2016
£m
(9.9)
(0.7)
(0.7)
0.6
(2.1)
(12.8)

2017
£m
(15.0)
(1.3)
9.8
4.4
(0.1)
(2.2)

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:

Opening defined benefit obligation
Current service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain)/loss due to:

– Changes in financial assumptions
– Changes in demographic assumptions
– Experience adjustments on obligations

Benefits paid
Exchange adjustments
Closing defined benefit obligation

UK schemes

Non-UK schemes

Total

2017
£m
190.4
–
5.2
(2.2)
4.6
(2.1)
(4.7)
(10.0)
–
183.4

2016
£m
172.9
–
5.9
20.8
22.7
–
(1.9)
(9.2)
–
190.4

2017
£m
24.6
0.4
0.6
(0.7)
(0.4)
(0.1)
(0.2)
(1.3)
(0.5)
23.1

2016
£m
19.8
0.4
0.7
0.7
1.1
(0.3)
(0.1)
(0.9)
3.9
24.6

2017
£m
215.0
0.4
5.8
(2.9)
4.2
(2.2)
(4.9)
(11.3)
(0.5)
206.5

Changes in the fair value of scheme assets are as follows:

UK schemes

Non-UK schemes

Total

Opening fair value of scheme assets
Interest on scheme assets
Actual return on scheme assets less interest on 
scheme assets
Administration costs
Contributions by employers
Benefits paid
Exchange adjustments
Closing fair value of scheme assets

2017
£m
188.2
5.1

6.7
(0.7)
4.1
(10.0)
–
193.4

2016
£m
178.1
6.1

9.7
(0.5)
4.0
(9.2)
–
188.2

The fair value of the UK scheme assets at the balance sheet date is analysed as follows:

Equity securities
Debt securities
Diversified growth funds
LDI funds
Property
Insurance policy
Cash and other
Total

106  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

2017
£m
11.8
0.4

0.2
–
0.3
(1.3)
(0.5)
10.9

2017
£m
26.2
8.0
45.5
34.6
22.8
35.2
21.1
193.4

2016
£m
9.9
0.4

–
–
0.6
(0.9)
1.8
11.8

2017
%
14
4
24
18
12
18
10
100

2017
£m
200.0
5.5

6.9
(0.7)
4.4
(11.3)
(0.5)
204.3

2016
£m
23.7
–
44.6
28.5
20.4
36.4
34.6
188.2

2016
£m
(4.7)
(1.0)
(11.8)
4.6
(2.1)
(15.0)

2016
£m
192.7
0.4
6.6
21.5
23.8
(0.3)
(2.0)
(10.1)
3.9
215.0

2016
£m
188.0
6.5

9.7
(0.5)
4.6
(10.1)
1.8
200.0

2016
%
13
–
24
15
11
19
18
100

Notes to the Accounts continued4. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS continued

The insurance policy is a buy-in policy that matches the benefits due to a group of pensioners, and is valued at the amount of obligations covered. 
The remaining assets are invested in quoted pooled funds, apart from the investment in a segregated diversified growth fund for which quoted 
prices are not available; the valuation of this fund is provided by the fund manager. The scheme uses Liability Driven Investment (‘LDI’) funds to 
help manage investment risk, providing a hedge against nominal rate liabilities. 

The fair value of the non-UK scheme assets at the balance sheet date is analysed as follows:

Equity securities

Debt securities
Property
Insurance policy
Cash and other
Total

2017
£m
4.8

5.4
–
0.6
0.1
10.9

2017
%
44

49
–
6
1
100

2016
£m
5.1

6.0
0.1
–
0.6
11.8

2016
%
43

51
1
–
5
100

A sensitivity analysis of significant assumptions on the UK scheme at 30 November is as follows:

Change in assumptions
Discount rate
Inflation and pension increases

Life expectancy

Decrease/(increase) in obligation (£m)

2017

2016

-0.5%pa
(11.5)
6.5
-1 year
5.8

+0.5%pa
10.2
(6.7)
+1 year
(6.5)

-0.5%pa
(12.5)
7.2
-1 year
6.3

+0.5%pa
11.1
(7.4)
+1 year
(6.3)

Consistent with the previous year’s figures, these sensitivities have been calculated to show the movement in the defined benefit obligation 
in isolation, taking into account the effects of the obligation on the matching annuity policy, and assume no other changes in market conditions 
at the accounting date.

5. NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS

During the year the Group recognised significant non-underlying items and amortisation of acquired intangible assets as detailed below:

Amounts charged/(credited) to operating profit
Impairment of Civil Engineering assets – (Civil Engineering segment)

Write down of Ivanka plant – (Civil Engineering segment)

Loss on disposal of the agro-textile business – (Building & Industrial segment)

Pension administration costs – (Unallocated segment)

Acquisition-related costs – (Building & Industrial segment)
Provision for custom duties – (Unallocated segment)
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Pension buy-in costs – (Unallocated segment)
Profit from land sale – (Building & Industrial/Interiors & Transportation)
Total charge to operating profit
Tax credit in the year
Total charge to discontinued operations
Total charge to profit for the period

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(h)

(i)
(j)

2017
£m

26.9

4.7

12.7

0.2

0.5
1.7
3.7
–
–
50.4
(11.0)
1.0
40.4

2016
£m

–

–

–

0.1

0.1
–
4.0
0.2
(1.1)
3.3
(0.6)
3.7
6.4

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  107

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION5. NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS continued

(a) Following the poor performance of CE, impairment reviews of its 
goodwill and other assets were conducted. These resulted in a full 
impairment of the £19.4m goodwill balance, with further impairments 
of property, plant & equipment (PP&E) and certain intangible assets 
totalling £6.6m and £0.9m respectively.

(b) As part of the first stage review of CE, it was decided to exit from 
the loss-making weaving plant in Ivanka, Slovakia. As a consequence, 
the assets have been written down to the proceeds expected to be 
realised from the exit, resulting in a charge of £4.7m. This charge is 
comprised of a write-down of PP&E totalling £3.4m, a write down of 
intangible assets totalling £0.3m, and a write off of inventory of £1.0m.

(c) In October 2017, the Group completed the disposal of the 
Lokeren-based agro-textile business. The proceeds totalled £6.1m 
(€7.0m), of which £5.8m was received in the year and £0.3m in 
December 2017. The disposal generated a loss before tax of £12.7m 
(£8.4m after tax).

(d) The Group incurred £0.2m (2016: £0.1m) of pension administration 
costs relating to its UK defined benefit scheme.

(e) In the year the Group incurred costs of £0.5m (2016: £0.1m) relating 
to the acquisition of Walflor Industries Inc.

(f) The Group has identified irregularities in relation to customs duties 
which relate to sales arranged from a former overseas sales office 
which was closed several years ago. The non-underlying charge of 
£1.7m represents the Group’s best estimate of the liability and it has 
been treated as non-underlying due to its nature, and the fact that it 
does not relate to the current period. A thorough investigation is being 
undertaken and the Group is confident that this is a contained matter.

(g) The amortisation of acquired intangibles of £3.7m (2016: £4.0m) is 
excluded from underlying business profit in accordance with Group’s 
accounting policies.

(h) In the year to 30 November 2016, the Group incurred professional 
fees of £0.2m in respect of the medically-underwritten buy-in of £34m 
of UK pension scheme liabilities, which completed on 3 December 
2015; and recorded a profit of £1.1m on the sale of unused land at the 
Group’s manufacturing site in Asheville, USA.

(i) The non-underlying tax credit of £11.0m (2016: £0.6m) includes:

 ■ £3.1m credit in respect of the initial recognition of previously 

unrecognised tax losses;

 ■ £4.3m credit on the loss on disposal of the agro-textile business;

 ■ £2.2m credit in respect of the Civil Engineering impairment;

 ■ £1.1m credit in respect of the amortisation of acquired intangibles, 

and

 ■ £0.3m credit on other non-underlying items.

(j) The Group recorded a loss of £1.0m in respect of discontinued 
operations. We reached agreement with the purchaser of the artificial 
grass yarns business, sold in 2016, on the level of deferred consideration 
receivable, and the £0.9m difference between the final amount agreed 
and the debtor held at the end of 2016 has been included as a 
non-underlying item from discontinued operations, net of a £0.2m 
tax credit. A share of loss of £0.3m from the Bonar Natpet joint 
venture was also recognised.

In the year ended 30 November 2016, the £3.7m loss reflected 
the actual loss from the sale of the artificial grass yarns business.

6. FINANCIAL INCOME AND FINANCIAL EXPENSE

Financial income
Interest income

Financial expense
Interest on bank overdrafts and loans
Amortisation of bank arrangement fees
Net interest on pension scheme net 
liabilities
Capitalised interest

Net financial expense

7. TAXATION

Recognised in the income statement

Current tax
UK corporation tax
– current year
– prior year
Overseas tax
– current year
– prior year
Total current tax
Deferred tax
Total (credit)/charge in the income 
statement from continuing 
operations
Tax from discontinued operations
Tax on disposal of grass yarns 
business (Note 29)
Total tax (credit)/ charge in the 
income statement

2017 
£m

0.1
0.1

(4.5)
(0.4)

(0.2)
0.2
(4.9)
(4.8)

2017 
£m

–
–

8.4
(0.1)
8.3
(10.4)

(2.1)
–

(0.2)

(2.3)

2016 
£m

0.2
0.2

(5.2)
(0.4)

(0.1)
–
(5.7)
(5.5)

2016 
£m

–
–

10.2
(0.3)
9.9
(1.7)

8.2
–

(0.9)

7.3

The amount of deferred tax income relating to changes in tax rates 
is £0.2m (2016: £nil).

108  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued7. TAXATION continued

Reconciliation of effective tax rate
The differences between the total tax charge shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK corporation tax 
of 19.33% (2016: 20.00%) to the profit before tax are as follows:

Loss/(profit) before tax from continuing operations
Loss before tax from discontinued operations
Loss/(profit) before tax from total operations
Tax (credit)/charge at 19.33% (2016: 20.00%)
Expenses not deductible
Income not taxable
Higher tax rates on overseas earnings
Current tax losses not utilised
Tax losses utilised
Other differences
Recognition of previously unrecognised deferred tax assets
Prior period adjustments
Total tax (credit)/charge for the year

Deferred tax recognised directly in other comprehensive income

Actuarial gains and losses relating to post-employment benefit obligations
Total of items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

2017 
£m
(19.7)
(1.2)
(20.9)
(4.0)
5.6
(2.2)
1.1
–
(0.1)
0.5
(3.1)
(0.1)
(2.3)

2017 
£m
(3.2)
(3.2)

2016 
£m
25.9
(4.1)
21.8
4.4
2.6
(1.6)
3.5
0.3
(1.8)
0.2
–
(0.3)
7.3

2016 
£m
0.3
0.3

A 1% reduction in the main rate of UK corporation tax from 20% to 19% took effect from 1 April 2017. A further reduction from 19% to 17% will take effect 
from 1 April 2020. Given that the Group does not expect to pay corporation tax in the UK in the foreseeable future, this change is not considered to have 
any material impact on the Group. The reduction in the US federal tax rate from 35% to 21% which was enacted on 22 December 2017 and which will 
take effect from 1 January 2018 is expected to generate a one-off benefit of circa £1.4m on the revaluation of deferred tax liabilities in 2018, together with 
a reduction of circa 3% in the effective tax rate on profit before non-underlying items, depending on changes in the Group’s geographic mix of profits.

8. PROFITS OF THE COMPANY

The Company has not presented its own income statement as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit after tax was 
£20.1m (2016: £86.9m).

9. DIVIDENDS

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year were as follows:

Final dividend for the year ended 30 November 2016 – 2.00 pence per share (2015: 1.80 pence per share)
Interim dividend for the year ended 30 November 2017 – 1.05 pence per share (2016: 1.00 pence per share)

2017 
£m
6.6
3.4
10.0

2016 
£m
5.9
3.3
9.2

The Directors have proposed a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 30 November 2017 of 2.00 pence per share which will absorb 
an estimated £6.6m of shareholders’ funds. This has not been provided for in these accounts because the dividend was proposed after the year 
end. If it is approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 13 April 2018, it will be paid on 19 April 2018 to Ordinary 
Shareholders who are on the register of members at close of business on 23 March 2018.

During the year the Board declared a final dividend on Ordinary Shares in relation to the year ended 30 November 2016 of 2.00 pence per share, 
which was paid to Ordinary Shareholders on the register of members at close of business on 17 March 2017.

The Directors declared an interim dividend on Ordinary Shares in relation to the year ended 30 November 2017 of 1.05 pence per share, 
which was paid to Ordinary Shareholders on the register of members at close of business on 26 August 2017.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  109

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION10. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to Ordinary Shareholders by the weighted-average number of 
Ordinary Shares outstanding, excluding those held by the ESOP which are treated as cancelled for the purpose of this calculation. For diluted 
earnings per share, the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential Ordinary 
Shares. The Group has two classes of dilutive potential Ordinary Shares: those share options granted to employees where the exercise price 
is less than the average market price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares during the year; and those long-term incentive plan awards for which 
the performance criteria have been satisfied.

Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculations are set out below:

Statutory – continuing operations

Basic earnings per share
Earnings attributable to Ordinary Shareholders
Effect of dilutive items
Share-based payment

Diluted earnings per share

Statutory – discontinued operations

Basic earnings per share
Earnings attributable to Ordinary Shareholders
Effect of dilutive items
Share-based payment
Diluted earnings per share
Statutory – total operations
Basic earnings per share
Earnings attributable to Ordinary Shareholders
Effect of dilutive items
Share-based payment
Diluted earnings per share

Before underlying items – continuing operations

Basic earnings per share
Earnings attributable to Ordinary Shareholders
Effect of dilutive items
Share-based payment
Diluted earnings per share

2017

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
(millions)

Earnings 
£m

Per share 
amount 
Pence

Earnings 
£m

2016

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
(millions)

Per share 
amount 
Pence 

(18.2)

329.425

(5.56)

17.1

328.984

5.20

–

5.556

(18.2)

334.981

–

(5.56)

–

17.1

3.330

332.314

–

5.15

(1.0)

329.425

(0.30)

(3.2)

328.984

(0.98)

–
(1.0)

5.556
334.981

–
(0.30)

–
(3.2)

3.330
332.314

–
(0.97)

(19.2)

329.425

(5.86)

13.9

328.984

4.22

–
(19.2)

5.556
334.981

–
(5.86)

–
13.9

3.330
332.314

21.2

329.425

6.42

20.3

328.984

–
21.2

5.556
334.981

–
6.32

–
20.3

3.330
332.314

–
4.18

6.01

–
5.95

On a statutory basis, the effect of the dilutive shares has been ignored as it is deemed to be anti-dilutive (i.e. it is reducing the loss per share).

110  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued11. GOODWILL

Group

cash flow projections are based on management’s expectations 
of future changes in markets informed by various external sources 
of information.

Cost
At 1 December
Disposal of the grass yarns business
Acquisition of Walflor Industries Inc.
Exchange adjustments
At 30 November

Accumulated impairment losses
At 1 December
Disposal of the grass yarns business
Impairment loss recognised
At 30 November

Net book value at 30 November

2017
£m

82.6
–
0.9
2.8
86.3

–
–
19.4
19.4

66.9

2016
£m

78.0
(8.4)
–
13.0
82.6

8.4
(8.4)
–
–

82.6

Cash generating units
Goodwill is allocated to the grouping of cash generating units (‘CGUs’) 
which have been identified according to the principal markets in which 
each business operates, being the operating segments. During the 
previous year, the artificial grass yarns business was disposed of 
along with the associated goodwill. A summary of the carrying value 
presented at CGU level is shown below:

Cash generating unit groups
Building & Industrial
Civil Engineering
Coated Technical Textiles
Interiors & Transportation
At 30 November

Group

2017
Net book
value
£m

2016
Net book
value
£m

12.2
–
39.0
15.7
66.9

10.9
19.0
37.6
15.1
82.6

The Group tests goodwill values annually for impairment, or more 
frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. 
The recoverable amounts are determined using value in use calculations 
(as these have been assessed to be higher than the estimate of fair value 
less costs to sell) for each CGU group based on projected cash flows, 
discounted to calculate the net present value. The approach to what is 
considered to be the key assumptions within the impairment reviews 
is outlined below.

Cash flow projections
Cash flow projections for each CGU group are derived from the most 
recent annual budgets approved by the Board (being the 2018 budget 
plan with 2019-2022 extrapolated from the 2018 budget), which take 
into account current market conditions and the long-term average and 
projected growth rates for each of the key markets served by the 
CGUs, along with forecast changes to selling prices and direct costs 
and CGU-specific forecast risks and potential cash volatilities. These 

Long-term growth rates
The value in use calculations assume terminal growth rates of 2% 
(2016: 2%) beyond year five which is consistent with rates disclosed 
by the OECD.

Discount rate
Forecast pre-tax cash flows for each CGU group are discounted to 
net present value using the Group’s discount rate, calculated based 
on external advice. Pre-tax discount rates were calculated separately 
for each CGU group and were 11.1% to 11.3% (2016: 11.4% in each 
case) and were used to calculate value in use for each CGU group, 
reflecting management’s views of the individual risks and rewards 
associated with each CGU group. These discount rates were not 
risk adjusted, as risk was reflected in the cash flows.

Sensitivity
Whilst management believe that the assumptions used in impairment 
testing are realistic, it is possible that variations in key assumptions 
could affect the recoverable amounts. Accordingly, a sensitivity 
analysis has been performed by varying key assumptions whilst 
holding other variables constant.

With the exception of the goodwill allocated to the Civil Engineering 
CGU group, the recoverable amounts of all CGUs show headroom 
compared to their carrying value when reasonably likely changes 
are made to key assumptions.

Impairment of Civil Engineering goodwill
The goodwill allocated to the Civil Engineering CGU group was last 
tested for impairment at the end of 2016 financial year. At that point, 
whilst no impairment was required, the Civil Engineering CGU group 
was highlighted as the only CGU grouping where a reasonably likely 
change in assumptions could trigger an impairment of goodwill.

Following a review of the Civil Engineering market, triggered by the 
downturn in the GBU’s performance, management have reduced their 
forecasts for the future performance of the Civil Engineering GBU.

These reduced forecasts have then been used to project the value 
in use of the Civil Engineering CGU grouping using the macro 
assumptions listed above.

The analysis resulted in an estimate of recoverable amount of the 
Civil Engineering CGU grouping of £33.8m. Accordingly the full 
carrying value of the goodwill of £19.4m has been impaired. In 
addition, the value in use estimate resulted in an impairment of Civil 
Engineering’s intangible assets totalling £0.9m (Note 12) and property, 
plant and equipment totalling £6.6m (Note 13).

A 1% increase or decrease to either the discount rate or the growth 
rate assumption would have no impact on the goodwill impairment 
that has been recognised.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  111

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION11. GOODWILL continued

The sensitivity of the PPE/intangible impairment to a 1% change in the discount rate and growth rates are set out in the table below:

PPE/intangible impairment

12. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Group
Cost
At 30 November 2015
Exchange adjustment
Additions
Disposal of the grass yarns business
At 30 November 2016
Exchange adjustment
Additions
Acquisition of Walflor Industries Inc.
Disposal of the agro-textile business
At 30 November 2017
Aggregate amortisation
At 30 November 2015
Exchange adjustment
Charge for the year
Disposal of the grass yarns business
At 30 November 2016
Exchange adjustment
Charge for the year
Disposal of the agro-textile business
Impairment
At 30 November 2017

Net book value
At 30 November 2017
At 30 November 2016
At 30 November 2015

Notes

Long-term growth rates

Discount rate

+1% 
 £m
(2.6)

-1% 
 £m
2.0

+1% 
 £m
2.9

-1% 
£m
(3.6)

Computer 
software 
£m

Research 
and 
development 
£m

Order 
backlog 
£m

Customer 
relationships 
£m

Marketing 
related 
£m

Technology 
based 
£m

Non-compete 
agreements 
£m

3.5
0.8
2.8
–
7.1
–
5.0
–
(0.5)
11.6

2.6
0.6
0.4
–
3.6
–
0.3
(0.4)
0.7
4.2

7.4
3.5
0.9

5.2
1.2
0.5
(0.4)
6.5
0.3
0.7
–
(0.8)
6.7

2.5
0.6
0.8
–
3.9
0.1
0.8
(0.5)
0.2
4.5

2.2
2.6
2.7

0.4
0.1
–
(0.1)
0.4
–
–
–
–
0.4

0.3
0.1
–
(0.1)
0.3
–
–
–
–
0.3

0.1
0.1
0.1

29.3
5.3
–
(1.3)
33.3
0.8
–
2.5
–
36.6

19.9
3.4
2.0
(1.3)
24.0
0.9
1.7
–
0.3
26.9

9.7
9.3
9.4

12.3
2.6
–
–
14.9
0.6
–
–
–
15.5

7.5
1.6
1.0
–
10.1
0.4
0.9
–
–
11.4

4.1
4.8
4.8

18.0
3.4
–
(1.8)
19.6
0.7
–
0.1
–
20.4

15.6
2.9
1.0
(1.8)
17.7
0.5
1.1
–
–
19.3

1.1
1.9
2.4

1.1
0.2
–
(0.7)
0.6
–
–
0.2
–
0.8

1.1
0.2
–
(0.7)
0.6
–
–
–
–
0.6

0.2
–
–

Total 
£m

69.8
13.6
3.3
(4.3)
82.4
2.4
5.7
2.8
(1.3)
92.0

49.5
9.4
5.2
(3.9)
60.2
1.9
4.8
(0.9)
1.2
67.2

24.8
22.2
20.3

(i)  Research and development assets relate to expenditure incurred in the course of research where findings may be applied to a plan or design for the production 

of new or substantially improved products and processes. 

(ii)  Customer relationships consist of customer lists, customer contracts and relationships and non-contractual customer relationships. 

(iii)  Marketing-related intangible assets are assets that are primarily used in the marketing or promotion of products or services. Such assets include trademarks, 

trade names, service marks and internet domain names. 

(iv)   Technology-based intangible assets relate to innovations and technological advances and include patented and unpatented technology, databases and 

trade secrets. 

(v)  Non-compete agreements prohibit a seller from competing with the purchaser of a business.

(vi)  The Civil Engineering Impairment review resulted in an impairment of £0.2m relating to Research and Development and a £0.7m impairment to computer 

software (Note 11). In addition, the decision to close the Ivanka site has resulted in a £0.3m write down to the Customer Relationships intangible asset (Note 5).

(vii) Computer software and Research & Development represent assets which are internally generated.

The Company intangible assets of £0.8m (2016: £nil) represents capitalised software costs.

112  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued13. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Cost
At 30 November 2015
Exchange adjustment
Additions
Reclassifications
Disposals
Disposal of the grass yarns business
At 30 November 2016
Exchange adjustment
Additions
Acquisition of Walflor Industries Inc.
Reclassifications
Disposals
Disposal of the agro-textile business
At 30 November 2017
Accumulated depreciation
At 30 November 2015
Exchange adjustment
Charge for the year
Reclassifications
Disposals
Disposal of the grass yarns business
At 30 November 2016
Exchange adjustment
Charge for the year
Reclassifications
Disposals
Disposal of the agro-textile business
Impairments
At 30 November 2017

Net book value
At 30 November 2017
At 30 November 2016
At 30 November 2015

Group

Property 
£m

Plant and 
equipment 
£m

Assets 
under 
construction 
£m

46.5
10.2
1.3
9.5
(0.3)
–
67.2
1.0
2.9
–
0.3
–
(5.2)
66.2

18.4
3.9
1.4
(0.2)
(0.2)
–
23.3
0.6
5.0
–
–
(2.7)
2.1
28.3

37.9
43.9
28.1

211.6
40.7
10.1
26.3
(2.4)
(14.7)
271.6
3.4
7.2
0.5
1.9
(3.8)
(21.5)
259.3

143.6
27.2
14.4
(0.9)
(2.1)
(6.4)
175.8
3.6
13.5
–
(3.0)
(17.8)
7.9
180.0

79.3
95.8
68.0

35.9
4.3
7.1
(36.7)
–
–
10.6
(0.3)
19.2
–
(2.2)
–
–
27.3

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

27.3
10.6
35.9

Company

Total 
Property 
£m

0.4
–
0.7
–
(0.3)
–
0.8
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.8

0.2
–
0.1
–
(0.1)
–
0.2
–
0.1
–
–
–
–
0.3

0.5
0.6
0.2

Total 
£m

294.0
55.2
18.5
(0.9)
(2.7)
(14.7)
349.4
4.1
29.3
0.5
–
(3.8)
(26.7)
352.8

162.0
31.1
15.8
(1.1)
(2.3)
(6.4)
199.1
4.2
18.5
–
(3.0)
(20.5)
10.0
208.3

144.5
150.3
132.0

The carrying value of freehold land not depreciated at 30 November 2017 was £2.9m (2016: £4.2m). Committed capital expenditure 
at 30 November 2017 totalled £3.4m (2016: £16.6m).

Following a review of the profitability of the Ivanka site (part of the Civil Engineering GBU) , and the subsequent decision to close the site, the 
property, plant and equipment have been written down to management internally-generated estimate of the expected sales proceeds net of 
expected costs to sell. This has resulted in a property impairment charge of £2.1m and an impairment of plant and equipment totalling £1.3m 
which are included within non-underlying items. The property, plant and equipment has been written down to its estimated recoverable amount 
of £4.7m (including £1.0m value of inventory).

The impairment review of the CGUs allocated to the Civil Engineering Segment has resulted in an impairment of plant and equipment including 
within non-underlying items totalling £6.6m (Note 11). 

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  113

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION14. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES

16. INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES

Cost and net book value
At 1 December
Share of retained profit
Dividends received
At 30 November

Group

2017 
£m

0.5
0.2
–
0.7

2016 
£m

0.5
0.1
(0.1)
0.5

The Group’s share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of its 
associated undertakings is shown below:

Total assets
Total liabilities
Net assets
Group share of net assets
Total revenue
Total profit for the year
Group share of profit for the year

The associates are shown within Note 36. 

17. INVENTORIES

Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods
Total

2017 
£m
1.7
–
1.4
0.6
3.0
0.4
0.2

Group

2017 
£m
21.9
19.3
56.1
97.3

2016 
£m
1.4
(0.2)
1.2
0.5
3.3
0.3
0.1

2016 
£m
23.5
17.1
56.9
97.5

Inventories are presented in the balance sheet net of provision 
for impairment of obsolete and slow-moving items. The provision 
required is estimated by management based upon prior experience 
and their assessment of the current and future economic environment. 
The write-down of inventories is included in cost of sales (Note 2).

Cost at 1 December
Equity investment in subsidiary 
undertaking
Cost at 30 November
Provision for impairment at 1 December 
and 30 November
Net book value at 30 November

Company

2017 
£m
103.5

88.1
191.6

(10.3)
181.3

2016 
£m
103.5

–
103.5

(10.3)
93.2

During the year, £nil ( 2016: £0.4m) was provided in respect of shares 
held in a dormant entity. During the year, a 100% wholly owned 
subsidiary, Low & Bonar Euro Holdings Limited, was incorporated. 
The subsidiary undertakings are shown within Note 36.

15. INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURE

Cost
At 1 December
Equity investment in joint venture
Share of retained loss
Exchange adjustment
At 30 November
Impairment provision
At 1 December
Impairment of investment in joint venture
At 30 November

Net book value at 30 November

Group

2017 
£m

3.0
–
–
–
3.0

(3.0)
–
(3.0)

–

2016 
£m

3.0
–
–
–
3.0

(3.0)
–
(3.0)

–

The Group’s share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses 
of its joint venture is shown below:

Total assets
Total liabilities
Net assets
Group share of net assets
Total revenue
Total loss for the year
Group share of loss for the year

2017
£m
38.4
(35.4)
3.0
1.5
17.6
(3.6)
(0.3)

2016
£m
42.7
(35.7)
7.0
3.5
16.2
(2.6)
(1.3)

The difference between the Group’s share of net assets of £1.5m 
and the liability held for sale of £1.4m (Note 29) represents prior year 
impairments, foreign exchange movements and capitalisation of 
losses. The joint venture is shown within Note 36.

114  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued18. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade 
receivables during the year was as follows:

Current
Trade receivables
Provision for impairment of receivables
Net trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Total

Non-current
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
Current
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Total

Group

2017 
£m

73.6
(1.3)
72.3
11.0
3.6
86.9

Company

2017 
£m

47.2

171.5
0.7
0.7
172.9

2016 
£m

64.9
(1.5)
63.4
10.5
5.2
79.1

2016 
£m

39.9

151.5
0.5
0.4
152.4

The Group has an established credit policy under which each new 
customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness before the 
Group’s standard payment terms and conditions are offered. The 
Group’s review includes external ratings and bank references, where 
available. Purchase limits are established for each customer; these 
limits are reviewed quarterly. The Group has a long history of trading 
with a number of its customers.

The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents 
its estimate of incurred losses in respect of trade and other receivables.

Impairment losses
The age profile of gross trade receivables at the balance sheet date was:

Not past due
0–30 days past due
31–120 days past due
More than 120 days past due
Total

Group

2017 
£m
63.3
4.6
2.5
3.2
73.6

2016 
£m
53.8
4.7
2.4
4.0
64.9

Balance at 1 December
Increased during the year
Released during the year
Utilised during the year
Exchange adjustments
Total

Group

2017 
£m
(1.5)
(0.2)
0.3
0.1
–
(1.3)

2016 
£m
(2.4)
(0.5)
0.2
1.6
(0.4)
(1.5)

The allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables at the 
end of the year was allocated against aged receivables as follows:

Not past due
0–30 days past due
31–120 days past due
More than 120 days past due
Total

Group

2017 
£m
–
–
(0.1)
(1.2)
(1.3)

2016 
£m
–
–
(0.1)
(1.4)
(1.5)

Provisions for impairment of receivables are estimated by management 
based on prior experience and their assessment of the current 
economic environment. Management believe that this provision is 
adequate to cover the risk of bad debts and exposure to credit risk. 
At 30 November 2017, 70.7% (2016: 70.5%) of trade receivables 
were insured.

19. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current
Trade payables
Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Accruals
Total

Current
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Accruals
Total

Group

2017 
£m

64.2
2.5
2.6
17.4
86.7

Company

2017 
£m

102.8
0.2
1.9
0.7
105.6

2016 
£m

57.6
2.1
7.0
17.7
84.4

2016 
£m

16.8
0.2
1.5
0.7
19.2

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  115

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION20. FINANCIAL ASSETS, LIABILITIES, DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The objectives of the Group’s treasury policies are to ensure sufficient liquidity to meet the Group’s operational and strategic needs and the 
management of financial risk at optimal cost. The main financial risks to which the Group is exposed are foreign currency risk, credit risk and 
interest rate risk. Group treasury policies are set by the Board and permit the use of conventional financial instruments and certain derivative 
instruments to manage and mitigate these risks. There were no changes to this policy in the year ended 30 November 2017.

The Group treasury function is responsible for implementing Group policy and for managing the Group’s relationships with its key providers of 
debt and other treasury services. The treasury function is operated as a cost centre and no speculative transactions are permitted. Underlying 
policy assumptions and activities are reviewed by the Board. Controls over exposure changes and transaction authenticity are in place. The 
treasury function is subject to periodic independent review by the internal audit function.

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, are as follows:

Group

Company

Fair value
2017
£m

Book value
2017
£m

Fair value
2016
£m

Book value
2016
£m

Fair value
2017
£m

Book value
2017
£m

Fair value
2016
£m

Book value
2016
£m

Loans and receivables
Cash and cash 
equivalents
Trade and other 
receivables
Financial liabilities 
at amortised cost
Trade and other 
payables
Bank overdrafts
Preference shares
Prepaid arrangement 
fees
Floating rate 
borrowings
Fixed rate borrowings
Total

38.2

83.3

(89.7)
(2.7)
(0.4)

38.2

83.3

(89.7)
(2.7)
(0.4)

0.8

0.8

(121.4)
(53.5)
(145.4)

(121.4)
(52.9)
(144.8)

26.3

73.9

(89.0)
(0.1)
(0.4)

0.9

(86.8)
(51.6)
(126.8)

26.3

73.9

(89.0)
(0.1)
(0.4)

0.9

(86.8)
(50.9)
(126.1)

0.1

0.1

1.4

1.4

219.4

219.4

191.9

191.9

(105.6)
(2.0)
(0.4)

(105.6)
(2.0)
(0.4)

0.5

0.5

(71.6)
–
40.4

(71.6)
–
40.4

(19.2)
(1.3)
(0.4)

0.7

(48.7)
–
124.4

(19.2)
(1.3)
(0.4)

0.7

(48.7)
–
124.4

Estimation of fair value
The major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments reflected in the table are summarised as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is estimated as its carrying amount where the cash is repayable on demand. Where it is not 
repayable on demand then the fair value is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest 
at the balance sheet date.

Trade and other receivables/payables
The fair value of trade and other receivables and trade and other payables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted 
at the market rate of interest at the balance sheet date if the effect is material.

Interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities
The fair value of interest-bearing assets and liabilities that bear interest at floating rates approximates to their carrying value. The fair value of the 
fixed interest financial liabilities is determined by discounting future contracted cash flows, using appropriate yield curves, to their net present value.

116  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued20. FINANCIAL ASSETS, LIABILITIES, DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

Funding and liquidity
The Group’s borrowing facilities at 30 November 2017 totalled £215m (2016: £209m), comprising:

 ■ a €165m unsecured multi-currency revolving credit facility with a syndicate of four of its key relationship banks, committed until July 2019, 

which bears interest at between 1.0% to 2.0% above LIBOR depending on the ratio of the Group’s net debt to EBITDA at each of its half-year 
and year-end reporting dates;

 ■ a €60m senior loan note raised by private placement with Pricoa Capital Group Limited; this funding is unsecured and is scheduled for repayment 
between September 2022 and September 2026 in even tranches, and bears interest at a fixed rate of 2.57% per annum for the term of the loan; and

 ■ RMB150m of unsecured revolving and term loan facilities, maturing in June 2020, arranged in July 2015 to finance the construction of the 

Group’s manufacturing facility in Changzhou, China.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are:

 ■ to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it may continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits 

for other stakeholders; and

 ■ to provide an adequate return to shareholders commensurate with the level of risk.

The Group sets the amount of capital in proportion to risk. The Group manages its capital structure and makes changes in light of changes in 
economic conditions and risk characteristics of the underlying assets. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust 
the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. There were no 
changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to 
externally imposed capital requirements.

The Group’s capital structure is as follows:

Net debt
Total equity
Total

Analysis of cash and cash equivalents

Sterling
Euro
US Dollar
Other
Total

Analysis of interest-bearing borrowings

Borrowings falling due within one year or on demand
Interest bearing loans and overdrafts
Total
Borrowings falling due after more than one year
Interest bearing loans and overdrafts
2.57% €60m Senior Note due 2022-2026
Other borrowings
– Preference shares
Total

Group

2017 
£m
138.4
180.3
318.7

2016 
£m
111.0
202.4
313.4

Group

Company

2017 
£m
2.5
19.9
10.9
4.9
38.2

Group

2017 
£m

2.7
2.7

120.6
52.9

0.4
173.9

2016 
£m
2.2
5.8
7.8
10.5
26.3

2016 
£m

0.1
0.1

86.1
50.7

0.4
137.2

2017 
£m
–
0.1
–
–
0.1

Company

2017 
£m

2.0
2.0

71.1
–

0.4
71.5

2016 
£m
0.8
–
0.6
–
1.4

2016 
£m

1.3
1.3

48.0
–

0.4
48.4

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  117

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION20. FINANCIAL ASSETS, LIABILITIES, DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

All of the Company’s and Group’s borrowings are unsecured.

The following tables show the undiscounted contracted cash flows and maturities of financial liabilities, together with their carrying amounts 
and average effective interest rates, as at the balance sheet date:

Effective rate 
%

Carrying 
amount 
£m

Contractual 
cash flows 
£m

<1 year 
£m

1–2 years 
£m

2–5 years 
£m

>5 years 
£m

Group 2017

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Multicurrency revolving facility
– Sterling
– Euro
– US Dollar
2.57% €60m Senior Note  
due 2022-2026
RMB150m facility
Bank overdrafts
– Sterling
– Euro
Preference shares
Prepaid arrangement fees

Trade and other payables
Total

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Multicurrency revolving facility
– Sterling
– Euro
– US Dollar
2.57% €60m Senior Note  
due 2022-2026
RMB150m facility
Bank overdraft – Euro
Preference shares
Prepaid arrangement fees

Trade and other payables
Total

1.9
1.3
2.5

2.6
5.2

2.5
2.5
5.8

(13.8)
(73.8)
(20.2)

(52.9)
(13.6)

(1.7)
(1.0)
(0.4)
0.8
(176.6)
(89.7)
(266.3)

(14.3)
(75.2)
(21.0)

(63.1)
(16.1)

(1.7)
(1.0)
(0.4)
–
(192.8)
(89.7)
(282.5)

(0.3)
(0.8)
(0.5)

(1.4)
(0.7)

(1.7)
(1.0)
–
–
(6.4)
(89.5)
(95.9)

(14.0)
(74.4)
(20.5)

(1.4)
(0.7)

–
–
–
–
(111.0)
(0.2)
(111.2)

–
–
–

(4.1)
(14.7)

–
–
–
–
(18.8)
–
(18.8)

–
–
–

(56.2)
–

–
–
(0.4)
–
(56.6)
–
(56.6)

Effective rate 
%

Carrying
amount
£m

Contractual
cash flows
£m

<1 year
£m

1–2 years
£m

2–5 years
£m

>5 years
£m

Group 2016

2.3
1.5
2.3

2.6
5.6
1.5
5.8

–
(59.7)
(14.9)

(50.9)
(12.2)
(0.1)
(0.4)
0.9
(137.3)
(89.0)
(226.3)

–
(62.1)
(16.1)

(60.7)
(14.7)
(0.1)
(0.4)
–
(154.1)
(89.0)
(243.1)

–
(0.9)
(0.3)

(1.3)
(0.7)
(0.1)
–
–
(3.3)
(88.8)
(92.1)

–
(0.9)
(0.3)

(1.3)
(0.7)
–
–
–
(3.2)
(0.2)
(3.4)

–
(60.3)
(15.5)

(3.9)
(13.3)
–
–
–
(93.0)
–
(93.0)

–
–
–

(54.2)
–
–
(0.4)
–
(54.6)
–
(54.6)

118  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued20. FINANCIAL ASSETS, LIABILITIES, DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

Effective rate 
%

Carrying 
amount 
£m

Contractual 
cash flows 
£m

<1 year 
£m

1–2 years 
£m

2–5 years 
£m

>5 years 
£m

Company 2017

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Multicurrency revolving facility
– Sterling
– Euro
– US Dollar
Bank overdrafts
– Sterling
– Euro
– Other
Preference shares
Prepaid arrangement fees

Trade and other payables
Total

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Multicurrency revolving facility
– Sterling
– Euro
– US Dollar
Bank overdrafts
– Sterling
– Euro
– Other
Preference shares
Prepaid arrangement fees

Trade and other payables

Total

1.9
1.3
2.5

2.5
2.5
2.5
5.8

(14.6)
(36.8)
(20.2)

(1.7)
(0.3)
–
(0.4)
0.5
(73.5)
(105.6)
(179.1)

(15.4)
(38.1)
(21.6)

(1.7)
(0.3)
–
(0.4)
–
(77.5)
(105.6)
(183.1)

(0.3)
(0.5)
(0.5)

(1.7)
(0.3)
–
–
–
(3.3)
(105.6)
(108.9)

(15.1)
(37.6)
(21.1)

–
–
–
–
–
(73.8)
–
(73.8)

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
(0.4)
–
(0.4)
–
(0.4)

Effective rate 
%

Carrying
amount
£m

Contractual
cash flows
£m

<1 year
£m

1–2 years
£m

2–5 years
£m

>5 years
£m

Company 2016

2.3
1.5
2.3

2.5
2.5
2.5
5.8

–
(33.8)
(14.9)

–
(1.3)
–
(0.4)
0.7
(49.7)
(19.2)
(68.9)

–
(35.1)
(16.1)

–
(1.3)
–
(0.4)
–
(52.9)
(19.2)
(72.1)

–
(0.5)
(0.3)

–
(1.3)
–
–
–
(2.1)
(19.2)
(21.3)

–
(0.5)
(0.3)

–
–
–
–
–
(0.8)
–
(0.8)

–
(34.1)
(15.5)

–
–
–
–
–
(49.6)
–
(49.6)

–
–
–

–
–
–
(0.4)
–
(0.4)
–
(0.4)

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  119

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION20. FINANCIAL ASSETS, LIABILITIES, DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

Foreign exchange risk
(a) Translational
The Group has significant net assets based outside of the UK, predominantly in the Eurozone, the US and China, with further amounts held in 
the Czech Republic and the Middle East. The Group has elected to use its direct currency borrowings under the senior note private placement 
and its €165m multi-currency revolving facility as hedges against movements in the Sterling value of its Euro and US Dollar investments and 
mitigate the risk associated with fluctuations in foreign currency rates. The Group’s borrowing under its RMB150m facilities acts as a natural 
balance sheet hedge against the Group’s investments in China. The Group recognised an amount of £nil in the income statement as a result 
of ineffectiveness arising from those hedges of net investments in foreign operations. Underlying profit before tax for the year ended 30 
November 2016 retranslated using 2017 average exchange rates would have been £2.2m higher.

(b) Transactional
The Company and Group have limited transactional currency exposures, arising on sales and purchases made in currencies other than the 
functional currency of the entity making the sale or purchase. Significant exposures which are deemed at least highly probable are matched 
where possible, and the remaining transactional risk may be mitigated using forward foreign exchange contracts, all of which mature within 
one year of the balance sheet date.

For the year ended 30 November 2017 and 30 November 2016 no derivative instruments were used to manage the transactional currency 
exposures.

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

Sterling/Euro
Sterling/US Dollar
Sterling/Czech Crown
Sterling/Hungarian Forint
Sterling/Chinese Yuan

Average
rate
2017
1.15
1.28
30.26
354.05
8.70

Average
rate
2016
1.23
1.37
33.31
384.22
9.02

Year end
rate
2017
1.14
1.35
28.98
355.33
8.95

Year end
rate
2016
1.18
1.25
31.87
368.84
8.61

Sensitivity analysis
A 10% strengthening of Sterling against the following currencies would have decreased equity and profit before amortisation and non-recurring 
items after tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, including interest rates, remain constant:

US Dollar
Euro
Czech Crown
Chinese Yuan

2017

2016

Profit
£m
(0.8)
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.3)

Equity
£m
(1.6)
(6.3)
(1.1)
(4.5)

Profit
£m
(1.0)
(0.3)
(0.2)
(0.2)

Equity
£m
(1.7)
(6.4)
(1.0)
(3.4)

A 10% weakening of Sterling against the above currencies as at 30 November 2017 and 2016 would have had the equal but opposite effect 
to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the loss in relation to a financial asset due to non-payment by the customer or counterparty. The Group’s objective is to reduce its 
exposure to counterparty default by restricting the type of counterparty it deals with and by employing an appropriate policy in relation to the 
collection of financial assets. The Group’s principal financial assets are cash and receivables which represent the Group’s maximum exposure 
to credit risk in relation to financial assets.

The credit risk in relation to cash is mitigated by Group policies which restrict dealings to approved counterparties with high credit ratings and 
with whom the Group has an ongoing banking relationship. The Group has set maximum permitted exposures with each counterparty which 
are reviewed regularly.

120  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued20. FINANCIAL ASSETS, LIABILITIES, DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

Trade receivable exposures are with a wide range of counterparties, and the credit strength of these counterparties is monitored. Where 
appropriate, credit risks are minimised through the use of forward funding, letters of credit, variations in payment terms and insurance. The 
maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying value of each financial asset as recorded in the balance sheet. There are no 
significant concentrations of credit risk at the balance sheet date nor are there any significant exposures to any one customer. See Note 18 
for further details.

The Group’s policy is to provide financial guarantees only where there is a clear commercial advantage in doing so.

The Company believes that all amounts receivable from subsidiary companies are recoverable in full.

Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum credit risk at the reporting date was:

Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Total

Group

Company

2017
£m
83.3
38.2
121.5

2016
£m
73.9
26.3
100.2

2017
£m
219.4
0.1
219.5

2016
£m
191.9
1.4
193.3

Interest rate risk
The Group’s strategy seeks a balance between fixed and floating rate borrowings, to achieve a reasonable effective interest rate whilst protecting 
the Group against material adverse changes in interest rates over the medium term.

All of the Group’s interest-bearing assets and liabilities at 30 November 2017 and 2016 were on a floating rate basis, apart from preference debt 
with an average coupon rate of 5.75% and the €60m Senior Note due 2022-2026 which bears interest at 2.57%.

Floating rate financial assets and liabilities comprise borrowings under the Group’s syndicated multi-currency revolving credit facility, which bear 
interest at LIBOR (or, in the case of borrowings in Euro, EURIBOR), or the lender’s base rate for the currency concerned, plus a margin of between 
1.0% and 2.0%, and cash deposits and bank overdrafts which bear interest at market rates; and borrowings under the Group’s RMB150m facility, 
which bear interest at rates set by reference to local base rate.

Profile
At the balance sheet date, the interest rate profile of the Group’s and Company’s interest-bearing net debt and financial instruments was:

Fixed rate
Total fixed rate
Floating rate
Total floating rate
Total

Group

2017
£m

2016
£m

Company

2017
£m

2016
£m

(53.3)

(51.1)

(0.4)

(0.4)

(85.1)
(138.4)

(59.9)
(111.0)

(73.0)
(73.4)

(47.9)
(48.3)

The Group and Company’s interest-bearing net debt and financial instruments do not include amounts owed or owing to joint ventures or joint 
venture partners.

Sensitivity analysis
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates would have increased or decreased equity by £0.7m (2016: £0.7m). The impact on the profit 
or loss for the period would have been to increase or decrease profit by £0.9m (2016: £1.0m). This analysis assumes that all other variables, 
in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  121

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION21. DEFERRED TAXATION

Group
Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities:

Intangible assets
Retirement benefit liabilities
Retirement benefit assets
Accelerated tax depreciation
Tax losses
Other
Net tax assets/(liabilities)

Unrecognised deferred tax assets:

Tax losses
Retirement benefit liabilities
Employee share schemes
Accelerated tax depreciation
Total

2017

Liabilities
£m
(4.2)
–
(3.5)
(9.2)
–
(0.6)
(17.5)

Net assets/
(liabilities)
£m
(4.2)
2.6
(3.5)
(9.2)
7.3
(0.4)
(7.4)

Assets
£m
–
2.6
–
–
7.3
0.2
10.1

2016

Liabilities
£m
(4.2)
–
–
(13.6)
–
(1.3)
(19.1)

Net assets/
(liabilities)
£m
(4.2)
3.1
–
(13.6)
1.1
0.1
(13.5)

Assets
£m
–
3.1
–
–
1.1
1.4
5.6

2017
£m
21.0
–
1.4
0.9
23.3

2016
£m
25.2
0.4
1.5
0.7
27.8

Unrecognised tax losses include an amount of £6.5m (2016: £6.5m) in respect of capital losses. The tax losses have no expiry date.

Movement in deferred tax during the year ended 30 November 2017:

Intangible assets
Retirement benefit liabilities
Retirement benefit assets
Accelerated tax depreciation
Tax losses
Other
Total

Recognised 
in other 
comprehensive 
income 
£m
–
(0.1)
(3.1)
–
–
–
(3.2)

Balance 
1 Dec 2016 
£m
(4.2)
3.1
–
(13.6)
1.1
0.1
(13.5)

Recognised 
in income 
£m
1.1
(0.3)
(0.4)
4.1
6.2
(0.3)
10.4

 Arising on 
acquisition 

£m
(1.0)
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
(1.1)

Exchange 
adjustments 
£m
(0.1)
(0.1)
–
0.4
–
(0.2)
–

Balance 
30 Nov 2017 
£m
(4.2)
2.6
(3.5)
(9.2)
7.3
(0.4)
(7.4)

Movement in deferred tax during the year ended 30 November 2016:

Intangible assets
Retirement benefit liabilities
Accelerated tax depreciation
Tax losses
Other
Total

Recognised 
in other 
comprehensive 
income 
£m
–
0.3
–
–
–
0.3

Balance 
1 Dec 2015 
£m
(4.4)
2.2
(12.2)
1.0
0.6
(12.8)

Recognised 
in income 
£m
1.0
(0.1)
1.1
–
(0.3)
1.7

Arising on 
acquisition 

£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

Exchange 
adjustments 
£m
(0.8)
0.7
(2.5)
0.1
(0.2)
(2.7)

Balance 
30 Nov 2016 
£m
(4.2)
3.1
(13.6)
1.1
0.1
(13.5)

122  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued21. DEFERRED TAXATION continued

The Group has recognised deferred tax assets of £10.1m (2016: £5.6m) 
as the Directors believe it is probable that future taxable profits will be 
available against which the assets can be utilised as they reverse over 
the coming years.

The Group has identified irregularities in relation to customs duties 
which relate to sales arranged from a former overseas sales office 
which was closed several years ago. The provision created during 
the year of £1.7m represents the Group’s best estimate of the liability 
and is not expected to vary materially (Note 5). 

The Group has not recognised deferred tax assets of £23.3m 
(2016: £27.8m) as the Directors do not believe it is probable that 
future taxable profits will be available against which the assets 
can be utilised as they reverse over the coming years.

The Group has not recognised deferred tax liabilities totalling £0.7m 
(2016: £0.8m) in respect of potential withholding tax due on the 
remittance of undistributed profits from subsidiaries as the Group 
is able to control the timing of the reversal of the timing difference 
and it is probable that the timing difference will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Company
The Company has recognised deferred tax assets of £3.5m (2016: nil) 
mainly attributable to tax losses, and deferred tax liabilities of £3.5m 
(2016: nil) related to the pension surplus.

Unrecognised deferred tax assets:

Tax losses
Retirement benefit liabilities
Employee share schemes
Total

2017 
£m
8.7
–
1.5
10.2

2016 
£m
13.3
1.5
0.4
15.2

The Company has not recognised deferred tax assets of £10.2m 
(2016: £15.2m) as the Directors do not believe it is probable that 
future taxable profits will be available against which the assets can 
be utilised as they reverse over the coming years.

Tax losses include an amount of £4.4m (2016: £4.4m) in respect of 
capital losses. The tax losses have no expiry date.

22. PROVISIONS

Current
At 30 November 2015
Created in the year
Utilised in the year
At 30 November 2016
Created in the year
Utilised in the year
At 30 November 2017

Group 
£m

0.1
–
(0.1)
–
1.7
–
1.7

23. OTHER PAYABLES

Non-current
Other payables

Non-current
Amounts owed to subsidiaries

24. SHARE CAPITAL

Allotted, called up and fully 
paid
At 1 December
329,298,026 (2016: 
328,983,477) Ordinary 
Shares at 5 pence each
154,571,152 Deferred Shares 
at 20 pence each
408,008 Ordinary Shares 
(2016: 314,549) issued under 
share option plans and 
long-term incentive plan
At 30 November
329,706,034 (2016: 
329,298,026) Ordinary 
Shares of 5 pence each
154,571,152 Deferred Shares 
of 20 pence each

Group

2017
£m

0.8

Company

2017
£m

–

2016
£m

0.2

2016
£m

–

Group and  
Company 2017

Group and  
Company 2016

Ordinary 
Shares 
£m

Deferred 
Shares 
£m

Ordinary 
Shares 
£m

Deferred 
Shares 
£m

16.5

–

16.5

–

–

–

16.5

30.9

–

–

–

–

16.5

30.9

–

–

–

30.9

–

30.9

Capital reorganisation
On 11 March 2009, the Company’s Ordinary Share capital was 
reorganised by means of a capital reorganisation involving: (i) the 
subdivision and reclassification of each issued Ordinary Share into 
one new Ordinary Share of 5 pence and one Deferred Share of 
20 pence; and (ii) the subdivision of each authorised but unissued 
Ordinary Share into five new Ordinary Shares of 5 pence each. On 
completion of the capital reorganisation, each Ordinary Shareholder 
held one new Ordinary Share and one Deferred Share for each 
Ordinary Share previously held.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  123

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONfixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 5½ per cent. per 
annum, and, subject to any special rights which may be attached to 
any shares hereafter created or issued, the balance of the said profits 
shall be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares. On a 
return of assets on liquidation or otherwise, the assets of the Company 
available for distribution among the members shall be applied, in the 
first place, in repaying to the holders of the first cumulative preference 
stock the sum of £1 for each £1 of such stock held (together with a 
sum equal to any arrears or deficiency of the fixed dividend thereon to 
be calculated down to the date of the return of capital): in the second 
place, in repaying to the holders of the second cumulative preference 
stock the sum of £1 for each £1 of such stock held (together with a 
sum equal to any arrears or deficiency of the fixed dividend thereon 
to be calculated down to the date of the return of capital): and, in 
the third place, in repaying to the holders of the third cumulative 
preference stock the sum of £1 for each £1 of such stock held 
(together with a sum equal to any arrears or deficiency of the fixed 
dividend thereon to be calculated down to the date of the return 
of capital), and, subject to any special rights which may be attached 
to any shares hereafter created or issued, the balance shall belong 
to and be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares. 
A Deferred Share entitles its holder on a return of capital on a 
winding-up (but not otherwise) only to the repayment of the amount 
paid up on that share after payment of (i) the amounts entitled to be 
paid to holders of the preference stock, and (ii) the capital paid up on 
each ordinary share of five pence in the share capital of the Company 
and the further payment of £10,000,000 on each such ordinary share. 
The full rights and obligations attaching to ownership of shares in the 
Company are contained in its Articles of Association.

The Company operates an employee benefit trust to hold shares 
in relation to satisfying awards made under certain employee share 
schemes. At 30 November 2017, the trust held 26,752 Ordinary 
Shares (2016: 26,752 Ordinary Shares).

Shares issued during the year
During the year ended 30 November 2017, 408,008 shares 
(2016: 314,549 shares) were issued to employees who exercised 
share options. The nominal value was 5.00p per share and the 
aggregate consideration was £0.2m (2016: £0.2m). £Nil shares 
(2016: Nil) were issued pursuant to awards made under the LTIP 
granted in 2013.

24. SHARE CAPITAL continued

A Deferred Share: (i) does not entitle its holder to receive any dividend 
or other distribution; (ii) does not entitle its holder to receive notice of, 
nor to attend, speak or vote at, any general meeting of the Company; 
(iii) entitles its holder on a return of capital on a winding-up (but not 
otherwise) only to the repayment of the amount paid up on that share 
after payment of (a) the amounts entitled to be paid up to holders of 
the Preference Shares and (b) the capital paid up on each Ordinary 
Share of 5 pence in the share capital of the Company and the further 
payment of £10m on each such Ordinary Share; and, (iv) does not 
entitle its holder to any further participation in the capital, profits or 
assets of the Company.

Ordinary Share Capital
At a general meeting of the Company, on a show of hands, every 
member who (being an individual) is present in person or (being 
a corporation) is present by a duly authorised representative, shall 
have one vote and every proxy present who has been duly appointed 
by a member entitled to vote on the resolution shall have one vote. 
No member shall, unless the Directors otherwise determine, be 
entitled to be present or to be counted in a quorum or to vote either 
personally or by proxy or otherwise at any general meeting of the 
Company or at any separate general meeting of the holders of any 
class of the shares of the Company or upon a poll or to exercise any 
other right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the 
Company if any call or other sum presently payable by him to the 
Company in respect of shares in the Company of which he is the 
holder (whether alone or jointly with any other person), together with 
interest, costs, charges and expenses (if any), remains unpaid. If any 
member, or any other person appearing to be interested in shares 
held by such member, has been duly served with a notice under 
section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 and is in default for the 
prescribed period in supplying to the Company the information 
thereby required, then (unless the Directors otherwise determine) in 
respect of: the shares comprising the shareholding account in the 
Register of Members which comprises or includes the shares in 
relation to which the default occurred (all or the relevant number as 
appropriate of such shares being the default shares, which expression 
shall include any further shares which are issued in respect of such 
shares); and any other shares held by the member, the member shall 
(for so long as the default continues) not nor shall any transferee to 
which any of such shares are transferred other than pursuant to an 
approved transfer or pursuant to the Articles be entitled to be present 
or to vote either personally or by proxy at a general meeting of the 
Company or a meeting of the holders of any class of shares of the 
Company or to exercise any other right conferred by membership 
in relation to general meetings of the Company or meetings of the 
holders of any class of shares of the Company. The profits which the 
Company may determine to distribute in respect of any financial year 
or other period for which its accounts are made up shall be applied, 
in the first place, in paying to the holders of the first cumulative 
preference stock a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 
6 per cent. per annum: in the second place, in paying to the holders of 
the second cumulative preference stock a fixed cumulative preferential 
dividend at the rate of 6 per cent. per annum: and, in the third place, 
in paying to the holders of the third cumulative preference stock a 

124  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued24. SHARE CAPITAL continued

Preference Shares

Allotted, called up and fully paid
100,000 (2015: 100,000) 6% first cumulative preference stock of £1.00 each
100,000 (2015: 100,000) 6% second cumulative preference stock of £1.00 each
200,000 (2015: 200,000) 5.5% third cumulative preference stock of £1.00 each
Total

Group and Company

2017 
£m

0.1
0.1
0.2
0.4

2016 
£m

0.1
0.1
0.2
0.4

Preference Shares are included within borrowings. Preference Shares have priority over Ordinary Shares on a winding-up of the Company. 
Provided that preference dividends remain paid in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, Preference Shares do not carry 
voting rights.

Potential issues of Ordinary Shares
An element of senior executive remuneration is provided in the form of share options and long-term incentive plan awards. More details of 
these options and awards can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 61 to 75. Employees are also invited to participate 
in the Low & Bonar Sharesave schemes.

Share options
Under the provisions of the employee share option schemes there were options for a total of 2.9 million Ordinary Shares outstanding 
at 30 November 2017 (2016: 3.2 million Ordinary Shares). The number of options outstanding which were granted in the last financial 
year was 0.6 million (2016: 0.9 million).

Details of the options included in the IFRS 2 charge are as follows:

Year of grant
Share options
2012
2013
2013
2014
2014
2015
2015
2016
2016

2017
2017
Total

Average
fair value
in pence

Exercise
price
in pence

Exercise 
period

1 Dec 2016

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

30 Nov 2017

Ordinary Shares of 5p each

19.31
18.55
20.29
22.37
21.89
14.20
13.47
12.59
11.84

15.87
16.55

51.20 2015 to 2017
58.80 2016 to 2018
58.80 2016 to 2018
68.80 2017 to 2019
68.80 2017 to 2019
48.80 2018 to 2020
48.80 2018 to 2020
49.00 2019 to 2021
49.00 2019 to 2021

55.20 2020 to 2022
55.20 2020 to 2022

9,787
101,254
230,597
88,598
455,528
693,844
662,734
379,080
534,317

–
–
3,155,739

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

531,116
71,666
602,782

(9,787)
(4,897)
(15,292)
(34,008)
(198,655)
(54,403)
–
(23,469)
–

–
–
(340,511)

–
(90,235)
(51,703)
(13,081)
(159,632)
(65,643)
(33,142)
(65,058)
(21,019)

(17,064)
–
(516,577)

–
6,122
163,602
41,509
97,241
573,798
629,592
290,553
513,298

514,052
71,666
2,901,433

The weighted average exercise price of share options outstanding at 30 November 2017 was 51.69p (2016: 53.37p). The weighted average 
exercise prices of share options granted, exercised and forfeited in the year to 30 November 2017 were 55.2p, 63.14p and 58.29p, respectively 
(2016: 49.00p, 55.56p and 87.00p, respectively). No share options were exercisable at 30 November 2017 (2016: 0.1 million).

The fair values of share options granted in the year to 30 November 2017 ranged from 15.87p to 16.55p (2016: 11.84p to 13.33p) and were 
derived using the Black-Scholes model. The assumed future volatility ranged from 31.22% to 32.20% (2016: 26.61% to 30.34%), the dividend 
yield was 4.23% (2016: 4.48%), the expected term ranged from 3.4 years to 5.4 years (2016: 3.4 years to 5.4 years) and the risk-free rate ranged 
from 0.12% to 0.42% (2016: 0.39% to 0.77%).

The average share price in the year ended 30 November 2017 was 74.90p (2016: 62.70p).

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  125

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION24. SHARE CAPITAL continued

Long-term incentive plan awards
Under the provisions of the long-term incentive plans there were awards for a total of 9.6 million Ordinary Shares outstanding at 30 November 2017 
(2016: 8.7 million Ordinary Shares). The number of awards outstanding which were granted in the last financial year was 3.3 million (2016: 3.4 million).

Details of the awards included in the IFRS 2 charge are shown below:

Year of grant
2014
2014
2015
2015
2015
2016
2016
2017
2017
2017
Total

Average
fair value
in pence
75.48
66.05
48.27
50.62
62.24
54.36
51.54
57.40
63.31
53.33
58.26

Award
price

in pence Vesting period
89.75 2014 to 2017
82.00 2014 to 2017
57.25 2015 to 2018
59.50 2015 to 2018
71.00 2015 to 2018
63.50 2016 to 2018
63.50 2016 to 2019
70.00 2017 to 2020
77.00 2017 to 2020
69.50 2017 to 2020
64.06

Ordinary Shares of 5p each

1 Dec 2016
1,343,867
542,168
3,063,406
76,965
270,383
138,848
3,265,096
–
–
–
8,700,733

Awarded
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,799,352
142,857
553,572
3,495,781

Exercised
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Forfeited
(1,343,867) 
(542,168)
(125,678) 
(1,788)
–
–

(391,407) 
(217,702)
–
–

(2,622,610) 

30 Nov 2017
–
–
2,937,728
75,177
270,383
138,848
2,873,689
2,581,650
142,857
553,572
9,573,904

None of the instruments awarded under the Group’s long-term incentive plans were exercisable at 30 November 2017 (2016: nil). The fair values of 
awards made in the year to 30 November 2017 ranged from 37.15p to 77.00p (2016: 39.58p to 63.50p) and were derived using the Black-Scholes 
or Stochastic models. The assumed future volatility was based on historical trends and ranged from 25.11% to 31.38% (2016: 32.36% to 
33.54%), the dividend yield was 0% (2016: 0%), the expected term was 2 to 3 years (2016: 2 to 3 years) and the risk-free rate ranged from 0.17% 
to 0.42% (2016: 0.38% to 0.52%).

The total amount charged to the Consolidated Income Statement in respect of share-based payments was £0.7m (2016: £0.9m). 
Liabilities in respect of cash-settled share-based payments were not material at either 30 November 2017 or 30 November 2016.

25. SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

27. NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

At 1 December
Premium on Ordinary Shares issued 
during the year
At 30 November

26. TRANSLATION RESERVE

At 1 December
Adjustments on translation of net 
assets and results of overseas 
subsidiaries, net of hedging
Exchange differences recycled from 
reserves
At 30 November

Group and Company

2017 
£m
74.4

0.2
74.6

Group

2017 
£m
(26.0)

2016 
£m
74.2

0.2
74.4

2016 
£m
(61.0)

(0.4)

36.7

–
(26.4)

(1.7)
(26.0)

At 1 December
Share of profit after taxation
Dividends
Exchange adjustment
At 30 November

Group

2017 
£m
6.4
0.6
(1.0)
0.4
6.4

2016 
£m
6.1
0.6
(0.3)
–
6.4

Non-controlling interest represents the minority shareholder’s 40% 
interest in Yihua Bonar Yarns & Fabrics Co. Ltd. (‘YBF’). Total net assets 
for YBF at 30 November 2017 were £16.0m (2016: £17.8m) and total 
profit after taxation for the year ended 30 November 2017 was £1.6m 
(2016: £1.5m). 

126  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued28. RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW 
MOVEMENT TO MOVEMENT IN NET DEBT

The results of the discontinued operations, which have been included 
in the Consolidated Income Statement, were as follows:

For the year ended 30 November
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and 
cash equivalents
Net cash flow from movements in debt 
financing
Amortisation of bank arrangement fees
Foreign exchange differences
Movement in net debt in the year
Net debt at 1 December
Net debt at 30 November

For the year ended 30 November
Net decrease in cash and cash 
equivalents
Net cash flow from movements in debt 
financing
Amortisation of bank arrangement fees
Foreign exchange differences
Movement in net debt in the year
Net debt at 1 December
Net debt at 30 November

Group

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

12.5

(11.6)

(36.4)
(0.4)
(3.1)
(27.4)
(111.0)
(138.4)

Company

2017
£m

(1.3)

(23.8)
(0.3)
0.3
(25.1)
(48.3)
(73.4)

20.1
(0.4)
(17.0)
(8.9)
(102.1)
(111.0)

2016
£m

(3.8)

50.6
(0.4)
0.4
46.8
(95.1)
(48.3)

29. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS 

Discontinued operations
During the prior year, the Board announced the disposal of the 
Group’s artificial grass yarns business (previously comprising the 
majority of its Sport & Leisure global business unit). The disposal 
completed on 1 September 2016. In the prior periods, the results were 
presented within discontinued operations on the face of the income 
statement and as a disposal group held for sale on the balance sheet. 
The £0.9m loss for the year primarily represents the true-up of the final 
settlement of the deferred purchased consideration receivable 
outstanding at 30 November 2016.

In addition to this, the Board has agreed to dispose of the Group’s 
interest in the joint venture, Bonar Natpet LLC (Note 35). Efforts to sell 
the business had commenced in 2016 and the investment was treated 
as a discontinued operation in the November 2016 accounts. The 
results for the year ended 30 November 2017 include a share of loss 
of £0.3m (2016: £1.3m).

Revenue
Expenses
Loss before tax
Loss on disposal of 
grass yarns business
Tax on loss on disposal 
of grass yarns business
Net loss from disposals
Share of results from Bonar Natpet LLC
Net loss attributable to discontinued 
operations (attributable to owners of 
the Company)

Group

2017
£m
–
–
–

(0.9)

0.2
(0.7)
(0.3)

2016
£m
22.3
(22.9)
(0.6)

(2.2)

0.9
(1.9)
(1.3)

(1.0)

(3.2)

During the year ended 30 November 2017, the discontinued 
businesses contributed £nil (2016: £3.6m outflow) to the Group’s 
net operating cash flows and paid £nil (2016: £nil) in respect of 
investing activities and financing activities.

Liabilities held for sale at 30 November 2017 of £1.4m (2016: £1.3m) 
represent the estimate of the Group’s obligation to fund the joint 
venture, which are included within other unallocated liabilities for 
the purposes of segmental reporting. 

30. DISPOSAL OF THE AGRO-TEXTILE BUSINESS

In 2017, the Board commenced a plan to sell the Group’s Lokeren-
based agro-textile business, which is part of its Building & Industrial 
global business unit and operating segment. On 11 July, agreement 
was reached to dispose of the trade and assets of the agro-textile 
business, subject to the fulfilment of a number of conditions. The 
disposal was completed on 31 October 2017 and the net loss on 
disposal was as follows: 

Consideration received in cash and cash equivalents

Deferred consideration
Total consideration received and receivable 
Analysis of assets and liabilities over which 
control was lost:
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Net assets disposed of
Transaction costs
Loss on disposal (Note 5)
Tax on disposal
Net loss on disposal

2017 
£m
5.8

0.3
6.1

0.4
6.5
10.3
17.2
(1.6)
12.7
(4.3)
8.4

The disposal does not meet the definition of ‘Discontinued operations’ 
as it is not a major business line.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  127

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION31. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

32. OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS

On 17 January 2017, Low & Bonar acquired 100% of the share capital 
of Walflor Industries Inc., a company registered in Washington State, 
USA, on a debt-free, cash-free basis for a total consideration of £2.9m 
and a contingent consideration of up to £0.7m in cash based on the 
commercial performance of the business in the 12 months following 
acquisition. The contingent consideration has been fair-valued upon 
acquisition at £0.3m. The company produce rain screens and 
acoustic mats and the acquisition significantly strengthens our 
customer relationships in the US building products market and 
provides a West Coast platform for further growth.

Acquisition costs of £0.5m have been charged to non-underlying 
items. Results of the acquired business are included with the results 
of the Building & Industrial global business unit.

The acquired business contributed £1.1m to the Group’s consolidated 
revenue for the year and increased the Group’s consolidated underlying 
profit before interest and tax for the year by £0.4m. Had the business 
been owned by the Group for the entire year, the contribution to the 
Group’s consolidated revenue and consolidated underlying profit before 
interest and tax would have been £1.3m and £0.5m respectively.

Details of the purchase consideration, the provisional fair values of net 
assets acquired and provisional goodwill arising on the acquisition of 
Walflor Industries Inc. are as follows:

Book value 
at acquisition 
£m

Fair value 
adjustments 
£m

Provisional 
fair value 
£m

Intangible assets
Customer related
Technology related
Non-compete 
agreement related

Property, plant 
and equipment
Inventories
Deferred tax liabilities
Net assets acquired

–
–

–

0.2
0.1
(0.1)
0.2

2.5
0.1

0.2

0.3
–
(1.0)
2.1

Cash consideration
Contingent consideration
Fair value of consideration

Goodwill arising on acquisition

2.5
0.1

0.2

0.5
0.1
(1.1)
2.3

2.9
0.3
3.2

0.9

Goodwill of £0.9m arising from the acquisition is attributable to revenue 
synergies expected to be generated from new cross-selling opportunities 
across the enlarged US building products market. It also includes 
expected benefits from the existing workforce and expertise as a result 
of being part of the enlarged Buildings & Industrial global business unit.

At 30 November, the Group had total non-cancellable commitments 
under operating leases as follows:

Group

2017
£m

Company

2016
£m

2017
£m

2016
£m

Plant and 
equipment
Lease payments 
within one year
Lease payments 
between one and 
two years
Lease payments 
between two and 
five years
Lease payments 
beyond five years
Total
Property
Lease payments 
within one year
Lease payments 
between one and 
two years
Lease payments 
between two and 
five years
Lease payments 
beyond five years
Total

1.8

1.3

1.1

0.1
4.3

4.6

4.2

11.0

2.5
22.3

1.7

1.3

1.0

0.3
4.3

4.2

2.7

6.2

4.1
17.2

–

–

–

–
–

0.4

0.4

0.5

–
1.3

–

–

–

–
–

0.4

0.4

0.8

–
1.6

The increase in the operating lease commitments from 2016 relates to the 
renewal of two property leases which were due to expire during 2017.

33. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

At the time of disposing of the Group’s North American packaging 
operations in March 2000, the Company entered into an Environmental 
Agreement with the purchasers of the business. The Environmental 
Agreement contains provisions regarding the remediation of known 
environmental contamination in the vicinity of one of the facilities 
which was sold in Burlington, Ontario. The Environmental Agreement 
expired in September 2006 and the Group has an ongoing liability 
only in respect of outstanding claims notified prior to this date. 
At 30 November 2017, an accrual of £nil (2016: £nil) remains 
in the Group’s balance sheet for the ongoing remediation costs 
as the Directors now believe that all costs have been incurred.

The Company from time to time guarantees certain obligations of its 
subsidiaries arising in the normal course of trade. At 30 November 2017, 
£13.6m of guarantees were outstanding (2016: £11.2m). In addition, the 
Company has issued a joint and several liability undertaking, as defined 
in Article 403 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, for its 
subsidiary undertaking Low & Bonar Technical Textiles Holding BV.

128  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued 
33. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES continued

35. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENT

At 30 November 2017, the Group had guaranteed SAR 33.3m (£6.6m) 
(2016: SAR 36.3m (£7.7m)) of debt obligations of its joint venture Bonar 
Natpet LLC. The Group expects to be released from its guarantee 
during 2018, under agreement to exit the joint venture.

Bonar Natpet
In January 2018, the Group reached agreement with National 
Petrochemical Industrial Co. (Natpet), to exit from the joint venture 
Bonar Natpet. The agreement is conditional upon among other things:

34. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

At 30 November 2017, the Group held a trade receivable of £nil 
(2016: £0.1m) and a trade payable of £0.1m (2016: £0.2m) due  
from/to Bonar Natpet LLC, a joint venture.

At 30 November 2017, the Group was owed £0.1m (2016: £0.2m) 
by the Low & Bonar Group Retirement Benefit Scheme.

The Company provides debt finance to various operating subsidiaries. 
A total of £218.7m was outstanding at 30 November 2017 (2016: £191.4m). 
The Company also borrows surplus funds from its subsidiaries. 
At 30 November 2017, the total amount payable to subsidiaries 
was £14.7m (2016: £16.8m). The Company received income in respect 
of management services provided to its subsidiaries totalling £8.7m 
(2016: £6.4m). The Company received interest income from related 
parties totalling £5.0m (2016: £5.9m) and accrued interest payable 
to related parties of £0.1m (2016: £0.2m). The Company received 
dividend income from its subsidiaries of £11.8m (2016: £77.9m).

 ■ regulatory approval in Saudi Arabia,

 ■ Agreement by Saudi Investment Development Fund (SIDF) to 
refinance Bonar Natpet’s funding, release the Low & Bonar 
Technical Textiles Holding BV (a wholly owned subsidiary of the 
Company) from its guarantee of that funding, and secure such 
additional security as it requires from Natpet; and

 ■ Upon finalisation of the new SIDF arrangements, confirmation from 
Natpet’s own banks that they approve the refinancing package.

Under the terms of the agreement, the Group will contribute £0.1m 
to Natpet’s costs associated with the transaction, and pay to Bonar 
Natpet 50% of the value of all its trade debts older than six months 
at the date of sale (estimated to be £1.3m). The Group will be entitled 
to a fee of 25% of Bonar Natpet’s contribution margin from above-
budgeted levels of revenue to the end of its 2019 financial year. 
The Group will also continue to license certain trademarks related 
to the business to Bonar Natpet until 2020, and will also appoint it as 
its exclusive distributor in the region for its geo-textile product range 
for a 5-year period.

All related party transactions were conducted on an arm’s-length basis.

The remuneration of key personnel (including Directors) of the Group 
was:

Completion is expected to take place on or prior to 15 September 
2018, and if it has not done so the agreements will terminate unless 
both parties agree to extend the period for completion.

Short-term benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments
Termination benefits

2017
£m
2.3
0.4
–
–
2.7

2016
£m
2.3
0.4
–
–
2.7

Key personnel comprise two Executive Directors (2016: two) and 
nine other members of the Executive Leadership Team (2016: nine).

The aggregate amount of Directors’ remuneration was £0.7m 
(2016: £0.8m) and the aggregate gain made by the Directors on 
the exercise of share options was £nil (2016: £nil). The cash paid into 
defined contribution schemes was £0.1m (2016: £0.2m) and three 
Directors were members of defined contribution schemes during 
the year (2016: two). Full details of Directors’ emoluments, pension 
benefits and interests in the shares of the Company are set out in 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 61 to 75.

Closure of Ivanka plant
Subsequent to the year-end, as an outcome of the first phase of 
the Board’s review of the Civil Engineering Global Business Unit, 
a decision has been taken to close the loss-making weaving plant 
in Ivanka, Slovakia. 

Change in tax rates
The reduction in the US federal tax rate from 35% to 21%, which was 
enacted on 22 December 2017 and will take effect from 1 January 2018, 
is expected to generate a one-off benefit of approximately £1.4m on 
the revaluation of deferred tax liabilities in 2018. In addition, from that 
date the Group’s ongoing effective tax rate is expected to reduce by 
3% to 26%, assuming the existing mix of profits.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  129

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION36. GROUP COMPANIES

Subsidiary undertakings
Building & Industrial/Civil Engineering/Interiors & Transportation
Low & Bonar NV

Principal product areas

Woven and non-woven fabrics 
and construction fibres
Woven fabrics

Yihua Bonar Yarns & Fabrics Co. Ltd

Low & Bonar Hull Limited

Construction fibres

Low & Bonar Hungary Kft

Non-woven fabrics

Registered address

Industriestraat 39, 9240 Zele, Belgium

No.6 Yangtze West Road, Yizheng, Yangzhou,
China People’s Republic of China
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England
3580 Tiszaújváros, Huszár Andor street 5., 
Hungary

Low & Bonar BV

Polymeric mats and composites Westervoortsedijk 73, 6827AV Arnhem,  

Low & Bonar Production GmbH
Low & Bonar Germany GmbH and Co. KG

Low & Bonar Paris SARL
Low & Bonar Inc

The Netherlands

Polymeric mats and composites Rheinstraße 11, 41836 Hückelhoven, Germany
Polymeric mats and composites, 
and holding company
Polymeric mats and composites
12 Rue de la Renaissance 92160 Antony, France
Polymeric mats and composites National Registered Agents, Inc,.160 Greentree 

Glanzstoffstr. 1, 63906 Erlenbach, Germany

Bonar Xeroflor GmbH

Green roofs

XF Technologies BV

Intellectual property

Low & Bonar Slovakia a.s

Woven and non-woven fabrics

Low & Bonar (Shanghai) Trading Company 
Limited

Woven fabrics

Bonar High Performance Materials 
(Changzhou) Co. Ltd
Low & Bonar Dundee Limited

Bonar Xirion NV
Bonar Technical Yarns Inc

Bonar Yarns BV

Coated Technical Textiles
Low & Bonar Logistics GmbH
Low & Bonar GmbH
Low & Bonar Romania S.R.L.

Low & Bonar Oldham Ltd
Low & Bonar Italy S.r.l.

Polymeric mats

Specialist yarns

Specialist yarns
Specialist yarns

Specialist yarns

Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics

Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics

Low & Bonar Lyon SARL

Technical coated fabrics

Low & Bonar Martinsville Inc

Technical coated fabrics

Low & Bonar Czech s.r.o.

Technical coated fabrics

Low & Bonar Poland Sp. Z o.o.
Low & Bonar Turkey Teknik 
Tekstil Ticaret Limited Sirketi
Low & Bonar Latvia s.i.a.
Low & Bonar Middle East Trading LLC

Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics

Technical coated fabrics
Technical coated fabrics

Dr. Ste 101, Dover, Kent, DE 19904, USA
Glanzstoffstraße 1, 63906 Erlenbach a. Main, 
Germany
Westervoortsedijk 73, 6827AV Arnhem, 
The Netherlands
Novozamocka 207, 951 12 Ivanka pri Nitre, 
Slovakia
Unit 1581, 15F L’Avenue Shanghai, No.99 Xian Xia 
Road, Changing, Shanghai 200051, People’s 
Republic of China
No. 9 Xingtang Road, Xinbei District, Changzhou, 
213034 People’s Republic of China
Caldrum Works, St Salvador Street, 
Dundee, Tayside, DD3 7EU, Scotland
Industriestraat 39, 9240 Zele, Belgium
160 Mine Lake Ct Ste 200, Raleigh, North 
Carolina, 27615, USA
Eerste Bokslootweg 17, 7821 AT Emmen, 
The Netherlands

Edelzeller Str. 44, 36043 Fulda, Germany
Rheinstraße 11, 41836 Hückelhoven, Germany
Stefanestii de Jos, no.2 Linia de Centura Street
C1/C1B, Ilfov, Romania
One Connaught Place, London, W2 2ET, England
Via Enrico Fermi 52/A, Settimo Milanese 
Milano 20019, Italy
Mehler Texnologies Batiment A1, 3 Chemin 
De Cysises, 69340 Franchevile France
220 B. Cabell Street, Martinsville, 
Virginia 24112 USA
Slechtova 860, 51251 Lomnice nad Popelkou, 
Czech Republic
Sosnowiec 41-200, ul. Mikołajczyka 31 a, Poland
Basaksehir San. sit. A Blok No: 22, 34490 
Basaksehir, Istanbul, Turkey
Liepajas iela 3 d, LV-1002, Riga, Latvia
Office 1007, Sidra Tower, Sheikh Zayed Road, 
Dubai, United Arab Emirates

130  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

%

100.0

60.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0*

100.0
100.0

100.0

100.0
100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0

Notes to the Accounts continued36. GROUP COMPANIES continued

Subsidiary undertakings
Low & Bonar Technical Textiles OOO

Principal product areas
Technical coated fabrics

Low & Bonar India Private Limited

Technical coated fabrics

Low & Bonar Brasil Têxtil E Participações Ltda Technical coated fabrics

Group companies
Bonar International Holdings Limited

Bonar International Sarl
LCM Construction Products Ltd

Holding company

Holding company
Holding company

Low & Bonar Euro Holdings Limited
Low & Bonar Technical Textiles Holding BV

Finance company
Holding company

Colbond Holding BV

Holding company

Low & Bonar Verwaltungs GmbH

Holding company

Colbond (Nederland) BV

Holding company

Dormant companies
A.G. Scott Textiles Limited

Bamber Carpets Limited

Bonar Nuway Limited

Bonar Offshore Canada Inc

Bonar Pack Centre Limited

Bonar Plastics Limited

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Bonar Rotaform Limited

Dormant

Bonar Silver Limited

Dormant

Bonar Systems Limited

Dormant

Bonar Ventures Limited

Bryanston 955 Limited

Cole Group PLC

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Registered address
115035, Sadovnicheskaya embankment, 79, 
Moscow, Russia
205 CA Chambers, 18/12, W.E.A., Karol Bagh, 
New Delhi - 110005, Delhi, India
Avenida Paulista 1079, Suite 81 Condomínio 
Edifício Torre João Salém Cerqueira César 
01311-2007 Brazil

Whitehall House, 33 Yeaman Shore,  
Dundee, DD1 4BJ, Scotland
8-10 Avenue de la Gare, 1610, Luxembourg
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England
One Connaught Place, London, W2 2ET, England
Westervoortsedijk 73, 6827AV Arnhem,  
The Netherlands
Westervoortsedijk 73, 6827AV Arnhem,  
The Netherlands
Glanzstoffstr. 1, 63906 Erlenbach am Main, 
Germany
Westervoortsedijk 73, 6827AV Arnhem,  
The Netherlands

Caldrum Works, St Salvador Street, 
Dundee, Tayside, DD3 7EU, Scotland
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England
333 Bay Street, Suite 2400, Toronto ON M5H 
2T6, Canada
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP 
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP 
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Whitehall House, 33 Yeaman Shore, Dundee, 
DD1 4BJ, Scotland
Whitehall House, 33 Yeaman Shore, Dundee, 
DD1 4BJ, Scotland
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 

%
100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0*

100.0
100.0*

100.0
100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0*

100.0*

100.0

100.0*

100.0*

100.0*

100.0*

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  131

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION36. GROUP COMPANIES continued

Subsidiary undertakings
Cupa Engineering Co Limited

Principal product areas
Dormant

Gaskell Carpet Tiles Limited

Dormant

Goldtide Limited

Leisurewear Africa Limited

Lobex Limited

Lobo Nominees Limited

Low & Bonar Pension Scheme (1986) 
Trustee Limited
Low & Bonar Pension Trustees Limited

Low & Bonar UK Limited

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Modulus Flooring Systems Limited

Dormant

Nuway Manufacturing Co. Limited

Dormant

Placell Limited

Dormant

Platinum Prestige Limited

Dormant

R.H.Cole Investments Limited

Dormant

Rotaform Plastics Limited

Dormant

Waddington Cartons Ltd

Dormant

Joint venture
Bonar Natpet LLC

Geotextiles

Registered address
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Whitehall House, 33 Yeaman Shore, 
Dundee, DD1 4BJ, Scotland
Whitehall House, 33 Yeaman Shore, 
Dundee, DD1 4BJ, Scotland
Whitehall House, 33 Yeaman Shore, 
Dundee, DD1 4BJ, Scotland
Whitehall House, 33 Yeaman Shore, 
Dundee, DD1 4BJ, Scotland
Whitehall House, 33 Yeaman Shore, 
Dundee, DD1 4BJ, Scotland
Whitehall House, 33 Yeaman Shore, 
Dundee, DD1 4BJ, Scotland
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 
Squire Patton Boggs UK LLP  
Rutland House, 148 Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2JR, England 

Unit M01, Mezzanine Floor, Future Business 
Centre, Coast Guard Street, Jeddah 21533, 
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

Associated undertakings
CPW GmbH
Enka Water Control Corporation

Intellectual property
Dormant

Kasinostr. 19-21, 42103 Wuppertal, Germany
1301 Sand Hill Road, Enka, Bucombe County, 
North Carolina 28728-1057, USA

1  Unless otherwise stated, shares held are ordinary, common or unclassified. 

2  The percentage of the nominal value of issued shares held is shown following the name of each company. 

3  An asterisk* indicates that the percentage of share capital shown is held directly by the Company. 

%
100.0

100.0*

100.0*

100.0*

100.0*

100.0

100.0*

100.0*

100.0*

100.0*

100.0

100.0

100.0*

100.0*

100.0

100.0*

50.0

33.3
33.3

4  The companies listed were incorporated in the country shown against each of them and, with the exception of Bonar International Sarl which operates 

primarily in England, that country is also the principal country of operation.

5  The results, cash flows and balance sheets of all subsidiaries are consolidated in the Group financial statements. The results of the joint venture and associates 

are accounted for in accordance which the policy set out in Note 1.

132  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Notes to the Accounts continued37. ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

The Group uses alternative performance measures as it believes they allow a better understanding of underlying business performance, 
are consistent with its communication with investors, and facilitates better comparison with peer companies.

These alternative performance measures are:

 ■ Underlying operating profit, underlying profit before tax, and Basic underlying EPS. These numbers are available on the face of the income 

statement.

 ■ Underlying segment operating profit is set out in Note 1

 ■ Underlying operating margin/return on sales is set out in Note 1

 ■ Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA)

 ■ Net debt

 ■ Return on capital employed

EBITDA
EBITDA is used in determining the Group’s gearing, and is calculated based on the definition set out in the Group’s banking covenants. 
A reconciliation is as follows:

Underlying operating profit 
Add back: 

Depreciation (note 2)
Amortisation of intangibles (note 2)
Less: amortisation included as a non-underlying item (note 5) 
IFRS 2 charge (note 24) 

Pension administration costs (note 4)
Less: amount included as a non-underlying item (note 5)
Annualisation of impact of acquisitions and disposals during the period 
Other
EBITDA 

2017
£m
35.5 
18.5 
 4.8 
(3.7)
0.7 

 0.7 
(0.2)
0.1 
 – 
56.4 

Net debt
Net debt is calculated as follows:

Return on capital employed (ROCE)
ROCE is one of the Group’s key measures for assessing its 
performance. It is calculated as follows: 

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
Net debt 1

2017 
£m
 176.6 
 (38.2) 
 138.4 

2016
£m
137.3
(26.3)
111.0

1   Net debt for covenant compliance purposes is retranslated at the average 
exchange rates for the year, to match the rates used to translate EBITDA. 
The resulting figure was £137.9m (2016: £105.4m).

Underlying operating profit
Divided by Capital employed
ROCE

Net debt
Net assets
Capital employed

2017 
£m
35.5
318.7
11.1%

2017 
£m
138.4
180.3
318.7

 2016
£m
34.7
15.8
5.2
 (4.0)
0.9

0.5
(0.1) 
–
0.1
53.1

2016
£m
34.7
313.4
11.1%

2016
£m
111.0
202.4
313.4

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  133

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION  
  
  
  
  
Five year history

Revenue
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total (including discontinued operations)
Underlying operating profit
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total (including discontinued operations)
Operating (loss)/profit
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total (including discontinued operations)
Underlying profit before tax
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total (including discontinued operations)
(Loss)/profit before tax
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total (including discontinued operations)
Reconciliation to statutory measures
Continuing operations
Underlying operating profit
Non-underlying items
Operating (loss)/profit (statutory)
Underlying profit before tax
Non-underlying items
(Loss)/profit before tax (statutory)
Capital Structure
Net debt
Total equity
Total
Per Ordinary Share
Basic earnings per share (including discontinued operations) (pence)
Dividends declared per share (pence)

2017 
£m

446.5
–
446.5

35.5
–
35.5

(14.9)
–
(14.9)

30.7
–
30.7

(19.7)
–
(19.7)

35.5
(50.4)
(14.9)
30.7
(50.4)
(19.7)

138.4
180.3
318.7

(5.86p)
3.1

2016 
£m

400.0
22.3
422.3

34.7
1.8
36.5

31.4
(0.6)
30.8

29.2
0.5
29.7

25.9
(4.1)
21.8

34.7
(3.3)
31.4
29.2
(3.3)
25.9

111.0
202.4
313.4

4.22
3.0

2015 
(restated) 

£m

362.1
33.7
395.8

31.8
1.0
32.8

25.8
(7.2)
18.6

27.4
(0.8)
26.6

21.4
(9.0)
12.4

31.8
(6.0)
25.8
27.4
(6.0)
21.4

102.1
172.0
274.1

1.73
2.8

2014 
£m

410.6
–
410.6

31.7
–
31.7

23.2
–
23.2

25.2
–
25.2

16.7
–
16.7

31.7
(8.5)
23.2
25.2
(8.5)
16.7

88.0
148.7
236.7

3.76
2.7

2013 
(restated) 

£m

403.1
–
403.1

31.4
–
31.4

23.4
–
23.4

25.3
–
25.3

16.7
–
16.7

31.4
(7.0)
23.4
25.3
(8.6)
16.7

86.8
193.1
279.9

3.74
2.6

2013 results were restated for the implementation of IAS19 Employee Benefits (Revised). Earlier years’ results have not been restated.

2015 results were restated for the disposal of the grass yarns business. Earlier years’ results have not been restated.

134  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Company information and advisers

Company Secretary
Erika Percival

Registered Office
Whitehall House  
33 Yeaman Shore  
Dundee  
DD1 4BJ

Head Office
One Connaught Place  
London  
W2 2ET

Telephone: 020 7535 3180

Website: www.lowandbonar.com

Registered number: SC008349

Advisors
Registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC 
The Pavillions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol 
BS99 6ZZ

Telephone: 0370 707 1121

Auditor
KPMG LLP

Solicitors
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP

Squire Patton Boggs LLP

Principal bankers
Barclays Bank PLC

Comerica Bank

HSBC

ING Bank NV

KBC Bank NV

Santander

The Royal Bank of Scotland Plc

Corporate finance advisers
NM Rothschild & Sons Limited

Brokers
Peel Hunt LLP

Annual Report and Accounts 2017 Low & Bonar  135

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCESTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATIONFinancial calendar

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

Annual General Meeting  

13 April 2018

Announcement of results for the year ending 30 November 2018
Q1 update 

13 April 2018

Half year 

Q3 update 

Full year 

11 July 2018

26 September 2018

30 January 2019

Final dividend payment for the year ended 30 November 2017 
Ordinary Shares 

19 April 2018

First, second and third cumulative   
preference stock 

1 March 2018 and 1 September 2018 

136  Low & Bonar Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
Designed and produced by Instinctif Partners  www.creative.instinctif.com

One Connaught Place 
London W2 2ET 
T 020 7535 3180

lowandbonar.com